1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 namespace {
132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
133   NotFound,
134   FoundNonType,
135   FoundType
136 };
137 } // namespace
138 
139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
140 /// dependent class.
141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
145                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
146                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
147   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
148     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
149   // Look for type decls in base classes.
150   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
151       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
152   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
153     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
154     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
155       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
156     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
157       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
158       // templates.
159       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
160         continue;
161       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
162       if (!TD)
163         continue;
164       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
165           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
166       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
167         continue;
168       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
169     }
170     if (BaseRD) {
171       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
172         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
173           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
174         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
175       }
176       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
177         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
178         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
179           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
180         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
181           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
182           break;
183         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
184           break;
185         }
186       }
187     }
188   }
189 
190   return FoundTypeDecl;
191 }
192 
193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
194                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
195                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
196   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
197   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
198   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
199       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
200   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
201        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
202        DC = DC->getParent()) {
203     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
204     // templates.
205     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
206     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
207       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
208   }
209   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
210     return ParsedType();
211 
212   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
213   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
214   // lookup during template instantiation.
215   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
216 
217   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
218   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
219                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
220   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
221 
222   CXXScopeSpec SS;
223   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
224 
225   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
226   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
227   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
228   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
229   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
230   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
231 }
232 
233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
234 /// return the declaration of that type.
235 ///
236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
242                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
243                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
244                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
245                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
246                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
247                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
248   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
249   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
250   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
251     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
252     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
253       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
254   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
255     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
256 
257     if (!LookupCtx) {
258       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
259         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
260         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
261         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
262         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
263         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
264         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
265         //
266         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
267         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
268         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
269           return ParsedType();
270 
271         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
272         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
273         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
274           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
275 
276         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
277         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
278                                        II, NameLoc);
279         return ParsedType::make(T);
280       }
281 
282       return ParsedType();
283     }
284 
285     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
286         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
287       return ParsedType();
288   }
289 
290   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
291   // lookup for class-names.
292   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
293                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
294   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
295   if (LookupCtx) {
296     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
297     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
298     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
299     // nested-name-specifier.
300     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
301 
302     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
303       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
304       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
305       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
306       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
307       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
308       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
309       LookupName(Result, S);
310     }
311   } else {
312     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
313     LookupName(Result, S);
314 
315     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
316     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
317     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
318       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
319               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
320         return TypeInBase;
321     }
322   }
323 
324   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
325   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
326   case LookupResult::NotFound:
327   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
328     if (CorrectedII) {
329       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
330           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
331           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
332           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
333       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
334       TemplateTy Template;
335       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
336       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
337       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
338       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
339       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
340       if (SS && NNS) {
341         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
342         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
343       }
344       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
345           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
346           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
347           // is handled elsewhere).
348           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
349             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
350                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
351         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
352                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
353                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
354                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
355         if (Ty) {
356           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
357                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
358                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
359           if (SS && NNS)
360             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
361           *CorrectedII = NewII;
362           return Ty;
363         }
364       }
365     }
366     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
367   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
368   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
369     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
370     return ParsedType();
371 
372   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
373     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
374     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
375     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
376     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
377     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
378     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
379       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
380       return ParsedType();
381     }
382 
383     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
384     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
385          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
386       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
387         if (!IIDecl ||
388             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
389               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
390           IIDecl = *Res;
391       }
392     }
393 
394     if (!IIDecl) {
395       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
396       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
397       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
398       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
399       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
400       // a type name.
401       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
402       return ParsedType();
403     }
404 
405     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
406     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
407     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
408     // perform the name lookup again.
409     break;
410 
411   case LookupResult::Found:
412     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
413     break;
414   }
415 
416   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
417 
418   QualType T;
419   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
420     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
421 
422     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
423     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
424 
425     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
426     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
427     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
428     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
429       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
430         // Construct a type with type-source information.
431         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
432         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
433 
434         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
435         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
436         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
437         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
438         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
439       } else {
440         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
441       }
442     }
443   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
444     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
445     if (!HasTrailingDot)
446       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
447   }
448 
449   if (T.isNull()) {
450     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
451     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
452     return ParsedType();
453   }
454   return ParsedType::make(T);
455 }
456 
457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
458 static NestedNameSpecifier *
459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
460   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
461     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
462     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
463     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
464       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
465     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
466       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
467                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
468     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
469       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
470   }
471   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
472 }
473 
474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
475                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
476   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
477   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
478   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
479 
480   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
481   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
482   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
483   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
484       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
485   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
486 
487   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
488   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
489   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
490   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
491   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
492 
493   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
494   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
495   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
496   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
497   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
498   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
499 }
500 
501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
507   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
508   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
509   LookupName(R, S, false);
510   R.suppressDiagnostics();
511   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
512     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
515       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
516       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
517       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
518       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
519       }
520     }
521 
522   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
523 }
524 
525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
529 /// @code
530 /// template<class T> class A {
531 /// public:
532 ///   typedef int TYPE;
533 /// };
534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
535 /// public:
536 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
537 /// };
538 /// @endcode
539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
540   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
541     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
542       return true;
543 
544     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
545 
546     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
547     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
548       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
549         return true;
550     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
551   }
552   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
553 }
554 
555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
556                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
557                                    Scope *S,
558                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
559                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
560                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
561   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
562   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
563 
564   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
565   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
566   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
567           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
568                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
569                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
570                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
571     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
572       // We corrected to a keyword.
573       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
574       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
575     } else {
576       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
577       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
578         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
579                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
580       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
581         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
582         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
583                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
584         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
585                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
586                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
587       } else {
588         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
589       }
590 
591       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
592       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
593         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
594                           SourceRange(IILoc));
595       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
596                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
597                                   false, ParsedType(),
598                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
599                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
600     }
601     return;
602   }
603 
604   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
605     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
606     UnqualifiedId Name;
607     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
608     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
609     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
610     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
611     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
612                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
613                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
614       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
615       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
616       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
617         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
618           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
619       }
620       return;
621     }
622   }
623 
624   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
625   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
626 
627   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
628     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
629   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
630     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
631       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
632   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
633     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
634     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
635       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
636 
637     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
638       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
639       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
640       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
641     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
642                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
643   } else {
644     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
645            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
646   }
647 }
648 
649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
650 /// or
651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
652   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
653                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
654 
655   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
656     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
657       return true;
658 
659     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
660       return true;
661   }
662 
663   return false;
664 }
665 
666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
667                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
668                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
669                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
671   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
672   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
673     StringRef FixItTagName;
674     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
675       case TTK_Class:
676         FixItTagName = "class ";
677         break;
678 
679       case TTK_Enum:
680         FixItTagName = "enum ";
681         break;
682 
683       case TTK_Struct:
684         FixItTagName = "struct ";
685         break;
686 
687       case TTK_Interface:
688         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
689         break;
690 
691       case TTK_Union:
692         FixItTagName = "union ";
693         break;
694     }
695 
696     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
697     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
698       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
699       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
700 
701     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
702          I != IEnd; ++I)
703       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
704         << Name << TagName;
705 
706     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
707     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
708     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
709     return true;
710   }
711 
712   return false;
713 }
714 
715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
717                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
718   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
719 
720   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
721   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
722 
723   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
724   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
725   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
726   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
727   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
728 }
729 
730 Sema::NameClassification
731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
732                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
733                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
734                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
735   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
736   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
737 
738   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
739     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
740                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
741   }
742 
743   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
744   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
745 
746   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
747   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
748   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
749     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
750             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
751       return TypeInBase;
752   }
753 
754   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
755   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
756   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
757   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
758   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
759     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
760     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
761       return E;
762   }
763 
764   bool SecondTry = false;
765   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
766 
767 Corrected:
768   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
769   case LookupResult::NotFound:
770     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
771     // call.
772     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
773       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
774       // FIXME: Reference?
775       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
776         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
777 
778       // C90 6.3.2.2:
779       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
780       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
781       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
782       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
783       //   the function call, the declaration
784       //
785       //     extern int identifier ();
786       //
787       //   appeared.
788       //
789       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
790       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
791         Result.addDecl(D);
792         Result.resolveKind();
793         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
794       }
795     }
796 
797     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
798     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
799     // "struct", or "union".
800     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
801         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
802       break;
803     }
804 
805     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
806     // close to this name.
807     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
808       SecondTry = true;
809       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
810                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
811                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
812                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
813         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
814         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
815 
816         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
817         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
818           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
819         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
820             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
821           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
822           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
823         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
824                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
825                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
827           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
828           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
829         }
830 
831         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
832           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
833         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
834           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
835           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
836                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
837           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
838                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
839                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
840         }
841 
842         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
843         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
844 
845         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
846         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
847           return Name;
848 
849         // Also update the LookupResult...
850         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
851         Result.clear();
852         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
853         if (FirstDecl)
854           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
855 
856         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
857         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
858         // reference the ivar.
859         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
860         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
861           Result.clear();
862           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
863           return E;
864         }
865 
866         goto Corrected;
867       }
868     }
869 
870     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
871     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
872     return NameClassification::Unknown();
873 
874   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
875     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
876     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
877     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
878 
879     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
880     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
881     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
882     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
883     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
884     //
885     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
886     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
887     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
888     // keyword here.
889     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
890                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
891                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
892   }
893 
894   case LookupResult::Found:
895   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
896   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
897     break;
898 
899   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
900     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
901         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
902       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
903       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
904       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
905       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
906       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
907       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
908       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
909       //   ambiguous.
910       //
911       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
912       // so try again after filtering out template names.
913       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
914       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
915         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
916         break;
917       }
918     }
919 
920     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
921     return NameClassification::Error();
922   }
923 
924   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
925       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
926     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
927     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
928     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
929     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
930     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
931     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
932     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
933       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
934 
935     if (!Result.empty()) {
936       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
937       bool IsVarTemplate;
938       TemplateName Template;
939       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
940         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
941         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
942                                                      Result.end());
943       } else {
944         TemplateDecl *TD
945           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
946         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
947         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
948 
949         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
950           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
951                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
952                                                       TD);
953         else
954           Template = TemplateName(TD);
955       }
956 
957       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
958         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
959         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
960         // to based on which function we selected.
961         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
962 
963         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
964       }
965 
966       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
967                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
968     }
969   }
970 
971   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
972   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
973     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
974     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
975     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
976     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
977       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
978     return ParsedType::make(T);
979   }
980 
981   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
982   if (!Class) {
983     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
984     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
985             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
986       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
987   }
988 
989   if (Class) {
990     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
991 
992     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
993       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
994       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
995       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
996       return NameClassification::Unknown();
997     }
998 
999     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1000     return ParsedType::make(T);
1001   }
1002 
1003   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1004   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1005     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1006         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1007 
1008   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1009   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1010   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
1011   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1012        (NextIsOp &&
1013         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1014       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1015     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1018     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1019       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1020     return ParsedType::make(T);
1021   }
1022 
1023   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1024     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1025                                            nullptr);
1026 
1027   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1028   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1029 }
1030 
1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1032 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1035 
1036   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1037   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1038   // the context we'll need to return to.
1039   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1040   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1041   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1042   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1043   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1044   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1045   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1046   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1047   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1048   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1049     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1050 
1051     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1052     // lexical context.
1053     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1054       return DC;
1055 
1056     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1057     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1058     // class is the context we need to return to.
1059     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1060       DC = RD;
1061 
1062     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1063     // declared in.
1064     return DC;
1065   }
1066 
1067   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1068 }
1069 
1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1071   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1072       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1078   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1079 
1080   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1081   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1082 }
1083 
1084 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1085 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1086 ///
1087 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1088   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1089   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1090   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1091   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1092   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1093   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1094   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1095   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1096   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1097   //   namespace.
1098   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1099   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1100   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1101   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1102   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1103 
1104   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1105 
1106 #ifndef NDEBUG
1107   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1108   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1109   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1110 #endif
1111 
1112   CurContext = DC;
1113   S->setEntity(DC);
1114 }
1115 
1116 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1117   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1118 
1119   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1120   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1121   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1122   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1123   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1124 
1125   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1126   // disappear.
1127 }
1128 
1129 
1130 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1131   // We assume that the caller has already called
1132   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1133   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1134   if (!FD)
1135     return;
1136 
1137   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1138   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1139   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1140     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1141   CurContext = FD;
1142   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1143 
1144   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1145     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1146     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1147     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1148       S->AddDecl(Param);
1149       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1150     }
1151   }
1152 }
1153 
1154 
1155 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1156   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1157   // rather than the top-level class.
1158   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1159   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1160   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1161 }
1162 
1163 
1164 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1165 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1166 ///
1167 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1168 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1169 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1170 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1171 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1172 /// attribute.
1173 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1174                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1175   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1176     return true;
1177 
1178   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1179     return true;
1180 
1181   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1182           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1183 }
1184 
1185 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1186 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1187   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1188   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1189   // scope.
1190   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1191     S = S->getParent();
1192 
1193   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1194   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1195   // into any context.
1196   if (AddToContext)
1197     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1198 
1199   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1200   // are function-local declarations.
1201   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1202       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1203         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1204       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1205     return;
1206 
1207   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1208   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1209       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1210     return;
1211 
1212   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1213   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1214                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1215   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1216     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1217       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1218       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1219 
1220       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1221       break;
1222     }
1223   }
1224 
1225   S->AddDecl(D);
1226 
1227   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1228     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1229     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1230     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1231     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1232       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1233       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1234         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1235           continue;
1236       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1237         break;
1238     }
1239 
1240     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1241   } else {
1242     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1243   }
1244 }
1245 
1246 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1247   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1248     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1249 }
1250 
1251 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1252                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1253   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1254 }
1255 
1256 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1257   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1258   do {
1259     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1260       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1261         return S;
1262   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1263 
1264   return nullptr;
1265 }
1266 
1267 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1268                                             DeclContext*,
1269                                             ASTContext&);
1270 
1271 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1272 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1273 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1274                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1275                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1276   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1277   while (F.hasNext()) {
1278     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1279 
1280     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1281       continue;
1282 
1283     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1284       continue;
1285 
1286     F.erase();
1287   }
1288 
1289   F.done();
1290 }
1291 
1292 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1293   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1294          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1295          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1296 }
1297 
1298 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1299 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1300   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1301   while (F.hasNext())
1302     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1303       F.erase();
1304 
1305   F.done();
1306 }
1307 
1308 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1309 /// @code
1310 /// class S {
1311 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1312 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1313 /// };
1314 /// @endcode
1315 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1316   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1317   // the decl here.
1318   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1319     return false;
1320 
1321   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1322     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1323   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1324     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1325   return false;
1326 }
1327 
1328 // We need this to handle
1329 //
1330 // typedef struct {
1331 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1332 // } A;
1333 //
1334 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1335 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1336 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1337 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1338 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1339 // not.
1340 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1341   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1342   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1343     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1344       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1345         return true;
1346     }
1347     DC = DC->getParent();
1348   }
1349 
1350   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1351 }
1352 
1353 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1354 // these semantics.
1355 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1356   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1357     return false;
1358   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1359 }
1360 
1361 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1362   assert(D);
1363 
1364   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1365     return false;
1366 
1367   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1368   // of members of class templates.
1369   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1370       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1371     return false;
1372 
1373   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1374     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1375       return false;
1376 
1377     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1378       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1379         return false;
1380     } else {
1381       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1382       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1383         return false;
1384     }
1385 
1386     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1387         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1388       return false;
1389   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1390     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1391     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1392     // like "inline".)
1393     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1394       return false;
1395 
1396     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1397       return false;
1398 
1399     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1400         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1401       return false;
1402   } else {
1403     return false;
1404   }
1405 
1406   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1407   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1408   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1409   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1410 }
1411 
1412 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1413   if (!D)
1414     return;
1415 
1416   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1417     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1418     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1419       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1420   }
1421 
1422   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1423     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1424     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1425       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1426   }
1427 
1428   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1429     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1430 }
1431 
1432 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1433   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1434     return false;
1435 
1436   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1437       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1438     return false;
1439 
1440   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1441     return true;
1442 
1443   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1444   // functions.
1445   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1446   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1447     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1448     WithinFunction =
1449         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1450   if (!WithinFunction)
1451     return false;
1452 
1453   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1454     return true;
1455 
1456   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1457   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1458     return false;
1459 
1460   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1461   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1462 
1463     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1464     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1465 
1466     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1467     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1468       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1469         return false;
1470     }
1471 
1472     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1473     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1474     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1475       return false;
1476 
1477     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1478       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1479       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1480         return false;
1481 
1482       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1483         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1484           return false;
1485 
1486         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1487           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1488                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1489             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1490           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1491             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1492           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1493             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1494             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1495               return false;
1496           }
1497         }
1498       }
1499     }
1500 
1501     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1502   }
1503 
1504   return true;
1505 }
1506 
1507 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1508                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1509   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1510     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1511                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1512     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1513       return;
1514     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1515                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1516   }
1517   return;
1518 }
1519 
1520 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1521   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1522     return;
1523 
1524   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1525     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1526       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1527     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1528       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1529   }
1530 }
1531 
1532 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1533 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1534 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1535   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1536     return;
1537 
1538   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1539     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1540     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1541     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1542     return;
1543   }
1544 
1545   FixItHint Hint;
1546   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1547 
1548   unsigned DiagID;
1549   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1550     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1551   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1552     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1553   else
1554     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1555 
1556   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1557 }
1558 
1559 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1560   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1561   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1562   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1563   // MS inline assembly label name.
1564   bool Diagnose = false;
1565   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1566     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1567   else
1568     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1569   if (Diagnose)
1570     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1571 }
1572 
1573 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1574   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1575 
1576   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1577   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1578          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1579 
1580   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1581     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1582 
1583     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1584     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1585 
1586     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1587 
1588     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1589     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1590       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1591       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1592         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1593     }
1594 
1595     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1596     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1597       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1598 
1599     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1600     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1601   }
1602 }
1603 
1604 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1605 ///
1606 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1607 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1608 /// to the fixed name.
1609 ///
1610 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1611 ///
1612 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1613 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1614 ///
1615 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1616 /// class could not be found.
1617 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1618                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1619                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1620   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1621   // creation from this context.
1622   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1623 
1624   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1625     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1626     // find an Objective-C class name.
1627     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1628             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1629             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1630             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1631       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1632       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1633       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1634     }
1635   }
1636   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1637   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1638   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1639       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1640   return Def;
1641 }
1642 
1643 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1644 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1645 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1646 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1647 /// ill-formed in C++:
1648 /// @code
1649 /// struct S6 {
1650 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1651 /// };
1652 ///
1653 /// void test_S6() {
1654 ///   struct S6 a;
1655 ///   a.e = BAR;
1656 /// }
1657 /// @endcode
1658 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1659 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1660 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1661 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1662 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1663 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1664 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1665 /// contain non-field names.
1666 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1667   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1668          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1669          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1670     S = S->getParent();
1671   return S;
1672 }
1673 
1674 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1675 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1676 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1677 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1678 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1679                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1680   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1681     return;
1682   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1683 
1684   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1685                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1686   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1687   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1688     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1689       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1690 }
1691 
1692 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1693   switch (Error) {
1694   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1695     return "";
1696   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1697     return "stdio.h";
1698   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1699     return "setjmp.h";
1700   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1701     return "ucontext.h";
1702   }
1703   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1704 }
1705 
1706 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1707 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1708 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1709 /// built-in.
1710 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1711                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1712                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1713   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1714 
1715   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1716   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1717   if (Error) {
1718     if (ForRedeclaration)
1719       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1720           << getHeaderName(Error)
1721           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1722     return nullptr;
1723   }
1724 
1725   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1726     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1727       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1728       << R;
1729     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1730         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1731       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1732           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1733           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1734   }
1735 
1736   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1737   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1738     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1739         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1740                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1741     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1742     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1743     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1744   }
1745 
1746   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1747                                            Parent,
1748                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1749                                            SC_Extern,
1750                                            false,
1751                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1752   New->setImplicit();
1753 
1754   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1755   // FunctionDecl.
1756   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1757     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1758     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1759       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1760           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1761                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1762                               SC_None, nullptr);
1763       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1764       Params.push_back(parm);
1765     }
1766     New->setParams(Params);
1767   }
1768 
1769   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1770   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1771 
1772   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1773   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1774   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1775   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1776   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1777   CurContext = Parent;
1778   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1779   CurContext = SavedContext;
1780   return New;
1781 }
1782 
1783 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1784 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1785 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1786 /// entity.
1787 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1788                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1789                                               LookupResult &previous){
1790   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1791   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1792     return;
1793 
1794   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1795   if (previous.empty())
1796     return;
1797 
1798   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1799   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1800     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1801 
1802     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1803     if (!old->isHidden())
1804       continue;
1805 
1806     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1807       filter.erase();
1808   }
1809 
1810   filter.done();
1811 }
1812 
1813 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1814 /// entity if their types are the same.
1815 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1816 /// isSameEntity.
1817 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1818                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1819                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1820   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1821   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1822     return;
1823 
1824   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1825   if (Previous.empty())
1826     return;
1827 
1828   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1829   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1830     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1831 
1832     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1833     if (!Old->isHidden())
1834       continue;
1835 
1836     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1837     // different linkages.
1838     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1839       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1840                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1841         continue;
1842 
1843     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1844       Filter.erase();
1845   }
1846 
1847   Filter.done();
1848 }
1849 
1850 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1851   QualType OldType;
1852   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1853     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1854   else
1855     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1856   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1857 
1858   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1859     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1860     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1861     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1862       << Kind << NewType;
1863     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1864       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1865     New->setInvalidDecl();
1866     return true;
1867   }
1868 
1869   if (OldType != NewType &&
1870       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1871       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1872       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1873     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1874     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1875       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1876     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1877       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1878     New->setInvalidDecl();
1879     return true;
1880   }
1881   return false;
1882 }
1883 
1884 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1885 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1886 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1887 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1888 ///
1889 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1890   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1891   // merging checks.
1892   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1893 
1894   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1895   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1896   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1897     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1898     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1899     default: break;
1900     case 2:
1901       {
1902         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1903           break;
1904         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1905         if (!T->isPointerType())
1906           break;
1907         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1908           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1909           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1910             break;
1911         }
1912         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1913         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1914         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1915         return;
1916       }
1917     case 5:
1918       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1919         break;
1920       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1921       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1922       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1923       return;
1924     case 3:
1925       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1926         break;
1927       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1928       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1929       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1930       return;
1931     }
1932     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1933   }
1934 
1935   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1936   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1937   if (!Old) {
1938     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1939       << New->getDeclName();
1940 
1941     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1942     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1943       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1944 
1945     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1946   }
1947 
1948   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1949   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1950     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1951 
1952   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1953   // with any extensions enabled.
1954   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1955     return;
1956 
1957   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1958   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1959   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1960     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1961     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1962   }
1963 
1964   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1965     return;
1966 
1967   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1968     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1969     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1970     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1971     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1972     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1973       return;
1974 
1975     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1976     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1977     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1978     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1979     //
1980     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1981     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1982     //
1983     //   struct S {
1984     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1985     //   };
1986     //
1987     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1988     // allow the above but disallow
1989     //
1990     //   struct S {
1991     //     typedef int I;
1992     //     typedef int I;
1993     //   };
1994     //
1995     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1996     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1997       return;
1998 
1999     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2000       << New->getDeclName();
2001     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2002     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2003   }
2004 
2005   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2006   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2007     return;
2008 
2009   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2010   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2011   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2012   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2013   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2014       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2015        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2016     return;
2017 
2018   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2019     << New->getDeclName();
2020   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2021   return;
2022 }
2023 
2024 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2025 /// attribute.
2026 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2027   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2028   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2029   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2030     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2031       if (Ann) {
2032         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2033           return true;
2034         continue;
2035       }
2036       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2037       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2038         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2039       return true;
2040     }
2041 
2042   return false;
2043 }
2044 
2045 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2046   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2047     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2048   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2049     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2050   return true;
2051 }
2052 
2053 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2054 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2055 ///
2056 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2057 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2058   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2059   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2060   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2061   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2062   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2063   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2064     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2065     // in a case like:
2066     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2067     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2068     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2069     // definition in such a case.
2070     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2071       return false;
2072 
2073     if (I->isAlignas())
2074       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2075 
2076     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2077     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2078       OldAlign = Align;
2079       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2080     }
2081   }
2082 
2083   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2084   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2085   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2086   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2087     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2088       return false;
2089 
2090     if (I->isAlignas())
2091       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2092 
2093     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2094     if (Align > NewAlign)
2095       NewAlign = Align;
2096   }
2097 
2098   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2099     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2100     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2101     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2102     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2103 
2104     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2105     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2106     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2107       QualType Ty;
2108       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2109         Ty = VD->getType();
2110       else
2111         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2112 
2113       if (OldAlign == 0)
2114         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2115       if (NewAlign == 0)
2116         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2117     }
2118 
2119     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2120       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2121         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2122         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2123       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2124     }
2125   }
2126 
2127   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2128     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2129     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2130     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2131     //   equivalent alignment.
2132     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2133     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2134     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2135     //   have no alignment specifier.
2136     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2137       << OldAlignasAttr;
2138     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2139       << OldAlignasAttr;
2140   }
2141 
2142   bool AnyAdded = false;
2143 
2144   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2145   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2146     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2147     Clone->setInherited(true);
2148     New->addAttr(Clone);
2149     AnyAdded = true;
2150   }
2151 
2152   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2153   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2154       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2155     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2156     Clone->setInherited(true);
2157     New->addAttr(Clone);
2158     AnyAdded = true;
2159   }
2160 
2161   return AnyAdded;
2162 }
2163 
2164 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2165                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2166   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2167   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2168   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2169     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2170                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2171                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2172                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2173                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2174   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2175     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2176                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2177   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2178     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2179                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2180   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2181     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2182                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2183   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2184     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2185                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2186   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2187     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2188                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2189                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2190   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2191     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2192                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2193   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2194     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2195                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2196                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2197   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2198     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2199                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2200                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2201   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2202     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2203   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2204     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2205   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2206     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2207     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2208     NewAttr = nullptr;
2209   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2210     NewAttr = nullptr;
2211   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2212     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2213 
2214   if (NewAttr) {
2215     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2216     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2217     return true;
2218   }
2219 
2220   return false;
2221 }
2222 
2223 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2224   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2225     return TD->getDefinition();
2226   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2227     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2228     if (Def)
2229       return Def;
2230     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2231   }
2232   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2233     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2234     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2235       return Def;
2236   }
2237   return nullptr;
2238 }
2239 
2240 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2241   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2242     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2243       return true;
2244   return false;
2245 }
2246 
2247 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2248 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2249 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2250   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2251     return;
2252 
2253   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2254   if (!Def || Def == New)
2255     return;
2256 
2257   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2258   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2259     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2260 
2261     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2262       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2263         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2264       else {
2265         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2266         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2267                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2268                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2269                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2270         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2271         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2272         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2273       }
2274       ++I;
2275       continue;
2276     }
2277 
2278     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2279       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2280       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2281         ++I;
2282         continue;
2283       }
2284     }
2285 
2286     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2287       ++I;
2288       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2289     }
2290 
2291     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2292       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2293       ++I;
2294       continue;
2295     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2296       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2297         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2298         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2299         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2300         //   equivalent alignment.
2301         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2302         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2303         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2304         //   have no alignment specifier.
2305         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2306           << AA;
2307         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2308           << AA;
2309         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2310         --E;
2311         continue;
2312       }
2313     }
2314 
2315     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2316            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2317     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2318     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2319     --E;
2320   }
2321 }
2322 
2323 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2324 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2325                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2326   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2327     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2328     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2329     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2330   }
2331 
2332   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2333     return;
2334 
2335   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2336   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2337 
2338   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2339     return;
2340 
2341   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2342 
2343   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2344   // we process them.
2345   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2346 
2347   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2348     bool Override = false;
2349     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2350     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2351         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2352         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2353       switch (AMK) {
2354       case AMK_None:
2355         continue;
2356 
2357       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2358         break;
2359 
2360       case AMK_Override:
2361         Override = true;
2362         break;
2363       }
2364     }
2365 
2366     // Already handled.
2367     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2368       continue;
2369 
2370     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2371       foundAny = true;
2372   }
2373 
2374   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2375     foundAny = true;
2376 
2377   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2378 }
2379 
2380 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2381 /// to the new one.
2382 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2383                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2384                                      Sema &S) {
2385   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2386   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2387   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2388   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2389   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2390   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2391     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2392            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2393     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2394     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2395     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2396       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2397     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2398       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2399     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2400            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2401   }
2402 
2403   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2404     return;
2405 
2406   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2407 
2408   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2409   // done before we process them.
2410   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2411 
2412   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2413     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2414       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2415         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2416       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2417       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2418       foundAny = true;
2419     }
2420   }
2421 
2422   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2423 }
2424 
2425 namespace {
2426 
2427 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2428 /// C.
2429 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2430   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2431   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2432   QualType PromotedType;
2433 };
2434 
2435 }
2436 
2437 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2438 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2439   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2440     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2441       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2442 
2443     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2444       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2445 
2446     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2447       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2448   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2449     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2450   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2451     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2452   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2453     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2454   }
2455 
2456   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2457 }
2458 
2459 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2460 // declaration, or a declaration.
2461 template <typename T>
2462 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2463 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2464   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2465   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2466   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2467     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2468   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2469     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2470     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2471       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2472   } else
2473     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2474   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2475 }
2476 
2477 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2478 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2479 /// GNU89 mode.
2480 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2481                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2482   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2483           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2484           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2485           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2486 }
2487 
2488 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2489   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2490   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2491     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2492   return AT;
2493 }
2494 
2495 template <typename T>
2496 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2497   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2498   if (DC->isRecord())
2499     return false;
2500 
2501   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2502   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2503     return true;
2504   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2505     return true;
2506   return false;
2507 }
2508 
2509 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2510 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2511 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2512 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2513 ///
2514 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2515 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2516 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2517 /// merged with.
2518 ///
2519 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2520 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2521                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2522   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2523   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2524   if (!Old) {
2525     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2526       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2527         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2528         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2529              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2530         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2531              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2532         return true;
2533       }
2534 
2535       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2536       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2537       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2538       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2539       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2540 
2541       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2542       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2543       if (Old &&
2544           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2545               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2546           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2547         Old = nullptr;
2548 
2549       if (!Old) {
2550         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2551         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2552              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2553         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2554         return true;
2555       }
2556       OldD = Old;
2557     } else {
2558       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2559         << New->getDeclName();
2560       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2561       return true;
2562     }
2563   }
2564 
2565   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2566   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2567     return true;
2568 
2569   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2570   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2571   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2572       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2573 
2574   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2575   // is an extern inline function.
2576   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2577   // storage classes.
2578   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2579       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2580       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2581       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2582       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2583     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2584       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2585       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2586     } else {
2587       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2588       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2589       return true;
2590     }
2591   }
2592 
2593 
2594   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2595   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2596   // convention of the first.
2597   //
2598   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2599   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2600   //
2601   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2602   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2603   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2604   //
2605   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2606   // other tests to run.
2607   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2608   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2609   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2610   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2611   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2612   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2613   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2614 
2615   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2616     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2617     const FunctionType *FT =
2618         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2619     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2620     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2621     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2622       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2623       // there but not here.
2624       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2625       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2626     } else {
2627       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2628       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2629       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2630         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2631         << !FirstCCExplicit
2632         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2633             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2634 
2635       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2636       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2637       return true;
2638     }
2639   }
2640 
2641   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2642   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2643     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2644     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2645   }
2646 
2647   // Merge regparm attribute.
2648   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2649       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2650     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2651       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2652         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2653         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2654       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2655       return true;
2656     }
2657 
2658     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2659     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2660   }
2661 
2662   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2663   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2664     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2665       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2666       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2667       return true;
2668     }
2669 
2670     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2671     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2672   }
2673 
2674   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2675     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2676     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2677     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2678     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2679     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2680   }
2681 
2682   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2683   // UndefinedButUsed.
2684   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2685       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2686       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2687       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2688       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2689     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2690                                            SourceLocation()));
2691 
2692   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2693   // about it.
2694   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2695       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2696     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2697   }
2698 
2699   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2700     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2701     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2702     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2703     //        cannot be overloaded.
2704 
2705     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2706     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2707     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2708     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2709     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2710     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2711         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2712              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2713              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2714     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2715         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2716              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2717              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2718     QualType ResQT;
2719     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2720         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2721           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2722       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2723           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2724         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2725       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2726         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2727           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2728               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2729         else
2730           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2731               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2732         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2733                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2734         return true;
2735       }
2736       else
2737         NewQType = ResQT;
2738     }
2739 
2740     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2741     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2742     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2743       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2744       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2745       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2746       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2747         New->setType(
2748             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2749                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2750                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2751         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2752             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2753                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2754                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2755       }
2756     }
2757 
2758     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2759     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2760     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2761       // Preserve triviality.
2762       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2763 
2764       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2765       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2766       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2767       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2768                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2769                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2770       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2771 
2772       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2773           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2774         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2775         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2776         //       is a static member function declaration.
2777         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2778           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2779           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2780           return true;
2781         }
2782 
2783         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2784         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2785         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2786         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2787         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2788           unsigned NewDiag;
2789           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2790             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2791           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2792             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2793           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2794             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2795           else
2796             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2797 
2798           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2799         } else {
2800           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2801             << New << New->getType();
2802         }
2803         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2804         return true;
2805 
2806       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2807       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2808       //
2809       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2810       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2811       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2812         if (isFriend) {
2813           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2814         } else {
2815           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2816                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2817             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2818           return true;
2819         }
2820       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2821         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2822              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2823           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2824         return true;
2825       }
2826     }
2827 
2828     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2829     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2830     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2831     //   attribute.
2832     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2833     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2834       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2835       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2836            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2837     }
2838 
2839     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2840     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2841     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2842     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2843     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2844     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2845       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2846            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2847       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2848            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2849     }
2850 
2851     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2852     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2853     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2854     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2855 
2856     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2857     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2858     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2859       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2860       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2861         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2862       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2863       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2864     }
2865 
2866     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2867       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2868       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2869       //
2870       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2871       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2872       // linkage within class scope.
2873       //
2874       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2875       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2876         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2877         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2878       } else {
2879         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2880         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2881         return true;
2882       }
2883     }
2884 
2885     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2886       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2887 
2888     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2889         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2890       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2891       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2892       // when we instantiate the function.
2893       return false;
2894     }
2895 
2896     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2897   }
2898 
2899   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2900   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2901   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2902       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2903     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2904     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2905     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2906     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2907         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2908       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2909       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2910       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2911       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2912       NewQType =
2913           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2914                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2915       New->setType(NewQType);
2916       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2917 
2918       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2919       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2920       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2921         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2922                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2923                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2924                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2925         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2926         Param->setImplicit();
2927         Params.push_back(Param);
2928       }
2929 
2930       New->setParams(Params);
2931     }
2932 
2933     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2934   }
2935 
2936   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2937   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2938   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2939   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2940   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2941   // the prototype.
2942   //
2943   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2944   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2945   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2946   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2947   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2948       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2949       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2950       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2951     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2952     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2953     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2954       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2955     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2956       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2957 
2958     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2959     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2960                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2961     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2962     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2963          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2964       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2965       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2966       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2967                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2968         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2969       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2970                                             NewParm->getType(),
2971                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2972         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2973                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2974         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2975         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2976       } else
2977         LooseCompatible = false;
2978     }
2979 
2980     if (LooseCompatible) {
2981       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2982         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2983              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2984           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2985           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2986         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2987           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2988                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2989       }
2990 
2991       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2992         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2993                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2994       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2995     }
2996 
2997     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2998   }
2999 
3000   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3001   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3002 
3003   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3004   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3005   unsigned BuiltinID;
3006   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3007     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3008     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3009     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3010       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3011       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3012         << Old << Old->getType();
3013 
3014       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3015       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3016       //
3017       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3018       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3019       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3020       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3021       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3022       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3023         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
3024 
3025       return false;
3026     }
3027 
3028     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3029   }
3030 
3031   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3032   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3033   return true;
3034 }
3035 
3036 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3037 /// known to be compatible.
3038 ///
3039 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3040 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3041 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3042 /// redeclaration of Old.
3043 ///
3044 /// \returns false
3045 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3046                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3047   // Merge the attributes
3048   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3049 
3050   // Merge "pure" flag.
3051   if (Old->isPure())
3052     New->setPure();
3053 
3054   // Merge "used" flag.
3055   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3056     New->setIsUsed();
3057 
3058   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3059   // declarations.
3060   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3061     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
3062       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
3063                                *this);
3064 
3065   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3066     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3067 
3068   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3069   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3070   // was visible.
3071   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3072   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3073     New->setType(Merged);
3074 
3075   return false;
3076 }
3077 
3078 
3079 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3080                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3081 
3082   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3083   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3084     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3085                                                    : AMK_Override;
3086   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3087 
3088   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3089   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3090                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3091   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3092          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3093        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3094     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3095 
3096   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3097 }
3098 
3099 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3100 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3101 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3102 ///
3103 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3104 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3105 /// is attached.
3106 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3107                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3108   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3109     return;
3110 
3111   QualType MergedT;
3112   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3113     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3114       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3115       return;
3116     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3117       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3118       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3119     }
3120     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3121     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3122     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3123     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3124     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3125     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3126              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3127       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3128       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3129       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3130                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3131         MergedT = New->getType();
3132     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3133                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3134       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3135       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3136       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3137                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3138         MergedT = Old->getType();
3139     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3140                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3141       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3142                                               Old->getType());
3143     }
3144   } else {
3145     // C 6.2.7p2:
3146     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3147     //   compatible type.
3148     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3149   }
3150   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3151     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3152     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3153     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3154     // equivalent.
3155     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3156     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3157          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3158       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3159       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3160       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3161       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3162         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3163       return;
3164     }
3165 
3166     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3167     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3168     //
3169     //   extern int arr[];
3170     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3171     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3172     //
3173     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3174     // to diagnose it.
3175     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3176       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3177     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3178     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3179   }
3180 
3181   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3182   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3183   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3184     New->setType(MergedT);
3185 }
3186 
3187 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3188                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3189   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3190   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3191   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3192   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3193   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3194   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3195   //
3196   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3197   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3198     return false;
3199 
3200   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3201     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3202     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3203     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3204     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3205     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3206            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3207             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3208   } else {
3209     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3210     // type unless we're in the same function.
3211     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3212            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3213   }
3214 }
3215 
3216 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3217 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3218 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3219 ///
3220 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3221 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3222 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3223 ///
3224 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3225   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3226   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3227     return;
3228 
3229   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3230 
3231   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3232   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3233   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3234   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3235     if (NewTemplate) {
3236       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3237       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3238     } else
3239       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3240   }
3241   if (!Old) {
3242     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3243       << New->getDeclName();
3244     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3245          diag::note_previous_definition);
3246     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3247   }
3248 
3249   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3250     return;
3251 
3252   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3253   if (NewTemplate &&
3254       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3255                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3256                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3257     return;
3258 
3259   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3260   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3261   //
3262   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3263   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3264     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3265       << New->getIdentifier();
3266     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3267     New->setInvalidDecl();
3268   }
3269 
3270   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3271   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3272   // declaration
3273   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3274       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3275       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3276     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3277     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3278     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3279     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3280   }
3281 
3282   // Merge the types.
3283   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3284   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3285     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3286                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3287     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3288       return;
3289   }
3290 
3291   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3292   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3293     return;
3294 
3295   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3296   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3297   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3298       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3299 
3300   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3301   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3302       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3303       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3304     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3305       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3306           << New->getDeclName();
3307       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3308     } else {
3309       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3310           << New->getDeclName();
3311       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3312       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3313     }
3314   }
3315   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3316   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3317   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3318   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3319   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3320   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3321   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3322   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3323   //   identifier has external linkage.
3324   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3325     /* Okay */;
3326   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3327            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3328            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3329     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3330     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3331     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3332   }
3333 
3334   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3335   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3336       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3337     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3338     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3339     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3340   }
3341   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3342       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3343     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3344     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3345     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3346   }
3347 
3348   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3349 
3350   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3351   // need to check for mismatches.
3352   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3353       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3354       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3355         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3356     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3357     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3358     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3359   }
3360 
3361   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3362     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3363       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3364       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3365     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3366       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3367       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3368     } else {
3369       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3370       // static and dynamic initialization.
3371       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3372       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3373       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3374         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3375       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3376     }
3377   }
3378 
3379   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3380   const VarDecl *Def;
3381   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3382       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3383       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3384     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3385     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3386     New->setInvalidDecl();
3387     return;
3388   }
3389 
3390   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3391     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3392     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3393     New->setInvalidDecl();
3394     return;
3395   }
3396 
3397   // Merge "used" flag.
3398   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3399     New->setIsUsed();
3400 
3401   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3402   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3403   if (NewTemplate)
3404     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3405 
3406   // Inherit access appropriately.
3407   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3408   if (NewTemplate)
3409     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3410 }
3411 
3412 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3413 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3414 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3415                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3416   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3417 }
3418 
3419 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3420 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3421 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3422 // compatibility.
3423 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3424 // targeted.
3425 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3426   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(19) ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3427                                      : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3428 }
3429 
3430 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3431   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3432     return;
3433 
3434   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3435     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3436     // it is anonymous.
3437     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3438       return;
3439     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3440         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3441     Context.setManglingNumber(
3442         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3443                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3444     return;
3445   }
3446 
3447   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3448   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3449   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3450           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3451     Context.setManglingNumber(
3452         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3453                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3454   }
3455 }
3456 
3457 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3458                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3459   // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
3460   // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
3461   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier())
3462     return;
3463   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3464     return;
3465 
3466   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3467   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3468 
3469   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3470   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3471                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec)))
3472     return;
3473 
3474   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3475   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3476   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3477   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3478   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3479   // for how to handle it.
3480   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3481     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3482 
3483     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3484     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3485 
3486     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3487     textToInsert += ' ';
3488     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3489     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3490         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3491     return;
3492   }
3493 
3494   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3495   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3496 }
3497 
3498 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3499 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3500 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3501 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3502                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3503                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3504                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3505   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3506   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3507   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3508       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3509       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3510       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3511       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3512     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3513 
3514     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3515       return nullptr;
3516 
3517     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3518     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3519     // it's a Type.
3520     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3521       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3522     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3523       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3524   }
3525 
3526   if (Tag) {
3527     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3528     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3529     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3530       return Tag;
3531   }
3532 
3533   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3534     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3535     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3536     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3537       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3538            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3539            << DS.getSourceRange();
3540   }
3541 
3542   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3543     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3544     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3545     if (Tag)
3546       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3547         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3548             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3549             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3550             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3551     else
3552       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3553     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3554     return TagD;
3555   }
3556 
3557   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3558 
3559   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3560     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3561     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3562     if (TagD && !Tag)
3563       return nullptr;
3564     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3565   }
3566 
3567   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3568   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3569     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3570   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3571       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3572     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3573     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3574     // or an explicit specialization.
3575     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3576     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3577       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3578           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3579           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3580           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3581       << SS.getRange();
3582     return nullptr;
3583   }
3584 
3585   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3586   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3587 
3588   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3589   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3590     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3591         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3592       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3593           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3594         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3595                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3596 
3597       DeclaresAnything = false;
3598     }
3599   }
3600 
3601   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3602   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3603   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3604   //
3605   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3606   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3607   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3608       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3609     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3610     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3611     //   struct STRUCT;
3612     //   union UNION;
3613     // and
3614     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3615     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3616     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3617         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3618       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3619       if (Tag)
3620         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3621       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3622                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3623         Record = RT->getDecl();
3624       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3625         Record = UT->getDecl();
3626 
3627       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3628         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3629           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3630         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3631       }
3632 
3633       DeclaresAnything = false;
3634     }
3635   }
3636 
3637   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3638   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3639       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3640     return TagD;
3641 
3642   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3643       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3644     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3645       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3646           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3647         DeclaresAnything = false;
3648 
3649   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3650     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3651     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3652       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3653         << DS.getSourceRange();
3654     else
3655       DeclaresAnything = false;
3656   }
3657 
3658   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3659       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3660     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3661       << Tag->getTagKind()
3662       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3663 
3664   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3665 
3666   // C 6.7/2:
3667   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3668   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3669   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3670   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3671   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3672   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3673   //   previous declaration.
3674   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3675     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3676     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3677     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3678     return TagD;
3679   }
3680 
3681   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3682   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3683   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3684   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3685   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3686   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3687   //
3688   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3689   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3690   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3691     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3692 
3693   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3694   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3695   // useless.
3696   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3697     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3698       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3699       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3700       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3701     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3702       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3703         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3704   }
3705 
3706   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3707     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3708       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3709   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3710     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3711       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3712     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3713       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3714     // Restrict is covered above.
3715     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3716       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3717   }
3718 
3719   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3720   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3721   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3722   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3723     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3724     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3725         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3726         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3727         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3728         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3729       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3730       while (attrs) {
3731         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3732         << attrs->getName()
3733         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3734             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3735             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3736             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3737         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3738       }
3739     }
3740   }
3741 
3742   return TagD;
3743 }
3744 
3745 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3746 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3747 ///
3748 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3749 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3750                                          Scope *S,
3751                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3752                                          DeclarationName Name,
3753                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3754                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3755   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3756                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3757   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3758 
3759   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3760     return false;
3761 
3762   // Pick a representative declaration.
3763   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3764   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3765 
3766   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3767     return false;
3768 
3769   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3770   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3771 
3772   return true;
3773 }
3774 
3775 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3776 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3777 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3778 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3779 /// struct, e.g.,
3780 ///
3781 /// @code
3782 /// union {
3783 ///   int i;
3784 ///   float f;
3785 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3786 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3787 /// @endcode
3788 ///
3789 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3790 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3791 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3792                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3793                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3794                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3795                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3796                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3797   unsigned diagKind
3798     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3799                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3800 
3801   bool Invalid = false;
3802 
3803   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3804   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3805     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3806         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3807       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3808       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3809                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3810         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3811         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3812         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3813         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3814         Invalid = true;
3815       } else {
3816         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3817         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3818         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3819         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3820         //   anonymous union is declared.
3821         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3822         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3823           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3824         else
3825           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3826 
3827         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3828         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3829           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3830         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3831           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3832 
3833         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3834             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3835             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3836 
3837         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3838           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3839 
3840         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3841         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3842         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3843 
3844         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3845         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3846 
3847         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3848       }
3849     }
3850   }
3851 
3852   return Invalid;
3853 }
3854 
3855 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3856 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3857 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3858 static StorageClass
3859 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3860   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3861   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3862          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3863   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3864   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3865   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3866     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3867       return SC_None;
3868     return SC_Extern;
3869   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3870   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3871   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3872   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3873     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3874   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3875   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3876   }
3877   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3878 }
3879 
3880 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3881   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3882 
3883   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3884     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3885     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3886       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3887     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3888       return FD->getLocation();
3889   }
3890 
3891   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3892 }
3893 
3894 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3895                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3896   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3897     return;
3898 
3899   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3900   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3901 }
3902 
3903 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3904                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3905   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3906     return;
3907 
3908   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3909 }
3910 
3911 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3912 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3913 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3914 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3915 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3916                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3917                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3918                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3919   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3920 
3921   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3922   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3923     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3924   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3925     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3926   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3927     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3928 
3929   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3930   // structs/unions.
3931   bool Invalid = false;
3932   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3933     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3934     unsigned DiagID;
3935     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3936       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3937       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3938       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3939       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3940           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3941            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3942             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3943         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3944           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3945 
3946         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3947         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3948                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3949       }
3950       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3951       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3952       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3953       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3954                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3955         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3956              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3957           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3958 
3959         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3960         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3961                                SourceLocation(),
3962                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3963       }
3964     }
3965 
3966     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3967     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3968       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3969         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3970           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3971           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3972       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3973         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3974              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3975           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3976           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3977       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3978         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3979              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3980           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3981           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3982       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3983         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3984              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3985           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3986           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3987 
3988       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3989     }
3990 
3991     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3992     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3993     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3994     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3995     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3996       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3997         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3998         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3999         //   members (clause 11).
4000         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4001         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4002           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4003             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4004           Invalid = true;
4005         }
4006 
4007         // C++ [class.union]p1
4008         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4009         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4010         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4011         //   array of such objects.
4012         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4013           Invalid = true;
4014       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4015         // Any implicit members are fine.
4016       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4017         // This is a type that showed up in an
4018         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4019         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4020         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4021       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4022         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4023             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4024           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4025           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4026             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4027               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4028           else {
4029             // This is a nested type declaration.
4030             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4031               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4032             Invalid = true;
4033           }
4034         } else {
4035           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4036           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4037           // not part of standard C++.
4038           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4039                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4040             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4041         }
4042       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4043         // Any access specifier is fine.
4044       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4045         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4046       } else {
4047         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4048         // member. Complain about it.
4049         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4050         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4051           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4052         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4053           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4054         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4055           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4056 
4057         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4058         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4059             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4060           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4061             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4062         else {
4063           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4064               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4065           Invalid = true;
4066         }
4067       }
4068     }
4069 
4070     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4071     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4072     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4073     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4074         Owner->isRecord())
4075       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4076                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4077   }
4078 
4079   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4080     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4081       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4082     Invalid = true;
4083   }
4084 
4085   // Mock up a declarator.
4086   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4087   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4088   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4089 
4090   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4091   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4092   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4093     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4094                              DS.getLocStart(),
4095                              Record->getLocation(),
4096                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4097                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4098                              TInfo,
4099                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4100                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4101     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4102     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4103       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4104   } else {
4105     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4106     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4107     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4108       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4109       // an error here
4110       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4111       Invalid = true;
4112       SC = SC_None;
4113     }
4114 
4115     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4116                            DS.getLocStart(),
4117                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4118                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4119                            TInfo, SC);
4120 
4121     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4122     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4123     // initializer:
4124     //   union { int n = 0; };
4125     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4126   }
4127   Anon->setImplicit();
4128 
4129   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4130   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4131 
4132   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4133   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4134   // its members.
4135   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4136 
4137   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4138   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4139   // purposes.
4140   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4141   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4142 
4143   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4144                                           Chain, false))
4145     Invalid = true;
4146 
4147   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4148     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4149       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4150       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4151               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4152         Context.setManglingNumber(
4153             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4154                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4155         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4156       }
4157     }
4158   }
4159 
4160   if (Invalid)
4161     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4162 
4163   return Anon;
4164 }
4165 
4166 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4167 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4168 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4169 /// Example:
4170 ///
4171 /// struct A { int a; };
4172 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4173 ///
4174 /// void foo() {
4175 ///   B var;
4176 ///   var.a = 3;
4177 /// }
4178 ///
4179 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4180                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4181   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4182 
4183   // Mock up a declarator.
4184   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4185   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4186   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4187 
4188   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4189   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4190 
4191   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4192   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4193                              ParentDecl,
4194                              DS.getLocStart(),
4195                              DS.getLocStart(),
4196                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4197                              RecTy,
4198                              TInfo,
4199                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4200                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4201   Anon->setImplicit();
4202 
4203   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4204   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4205 
4206   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4207   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4208   // purposes.
4209   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4210   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4211 
4212   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4213   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4214                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4215       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4216                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4217     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4218     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4219   }
4220 
4221   return Anon;
4222 }
4223 
4224 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4225 /// given Declarator.
4226 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4227   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4228 }
4229 
4230 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4231 DeclarationNameInfo
4232 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4233   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4234   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4235 
4236   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4237 
4238   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4239   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4240     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4241     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4242     return NameInfo;
4243 
4244   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4245     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4246                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4247     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4248     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4249       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4250     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4251       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4252     return NameInfo;
4253 
4254   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4255     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4256                                                            Name.Identifier));
4257     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4258     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4259     return NameInfo;
4260 
4261   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4262     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4263     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4264     if (Ty.isNull())
4265       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4266     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4267                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4268     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4269     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4270     return NameInfo;
4271   }
4272 
4273   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4274     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4275     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4276     if (Ty.isNull())
4277       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4278     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4279                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4280     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4281     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4282     return NameInfo;
4283   }
4284 
4285   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4286     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4287     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4288     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4289     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4290     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4291       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4292 
4293     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4294     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4295 
4296     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4297     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4298     // was qualified.
4299 
4300     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4301                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4302     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4303     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4304     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4305     return NameInfo;
4306   }
4307 
4308   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4309     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4310     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4311     if (Ty.isNull())
4312       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4313     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4314                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4315     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4316     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4317     return NameInfo;
4318   }
4319 
4320   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4321     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4322     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4323     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4324   }
4325 
4326   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4327 
4328   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4329 }
4330 
4331 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4332   do {
4333     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4334       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4335     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4336       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4337     else
4338       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4339   } while (true);
4340 }
4341 
4342 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4343 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4344 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4345 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4346 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4347 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4348 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4349 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4350                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4351                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4352                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4353   Params.clear();
4354   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4355     return false;
4356   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4357     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4358     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4359 
4360     // The parameter types are identical
4361     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4362       continue;
4363 
4364     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4365     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4366     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4367     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4368 
4369     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4370         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4371       Params.push_back(Idx);
4372     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4373       return false;
4374   }
4375 
4376   return true;
4377 }
4378 
4379 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4380 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4381 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4382 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4383 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4384 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4385                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4386   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4387   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4388   //   - types which will become injected class names
4389   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4390   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4391   // few cases here.
4392 
4393   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4394   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4395   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4396   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4397   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4398   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4399     // Grab the type from the parser.
4400     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4401     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4402     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4403 
4404     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4405     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4406     // attached already.
4407     if (!TSI)
4408       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4409 
4410     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4411     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4412     if (!TSI) return true;
4413 
4414     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4415     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4416     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4417     break;
4418   }
4419 
4420   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4421   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4422     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4423     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4424     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4425     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4426     break;
4427   }
4428 
4429   default:
4430     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4431     break;
4432   }
4433 
4434   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4435   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4436     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4437 
4438     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4439     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4440     // pointer.
4441     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4442       continue;
4443 
4444     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4445     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4446     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4447       return true;
4448   }
4449 
4450   return false;
4451 }
4452 
4453 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4454   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4455   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4456 
4457   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4458       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4459     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4460 
4461   return Dcl;
4462 }
4463 
4464 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4465 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4466 ///   name different from T:
4467 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4468 ///     - every member function of class T
4469 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4470 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4471 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4472                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4473   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4474 
4475   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4476     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4477       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4478       return true;
4479     }
4480 
4481   return false;
4482 }
4483 
4484 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4485 /// nested-name-specifier.
4486 ///
4487 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4488 ///
4489 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4490 /// resolves.
4491 ///
4492 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4493 ///
4494 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4495 ///
4496 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4497 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4498                                         DeclarationName Name,
4499                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4500   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4501   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4502     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4503 
4504   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4505   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4506   //
4507   // class X {
4508   //   void X::f();
4509   // };
4510   //
4511   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4512   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4513   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4514     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4515       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4516                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4517         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4518       SS.clear();
4519     } else {
4520       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4521     }
4522     return false;
4523   }
4524 
4525   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4526   // declaration.
4527   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4528     if (Cur->isRecord())
4529       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4530         << Name << SS.getRange();
4531     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4532       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4533         << Name << SS.getRange();
4534     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4535       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4536         << Name << SS.getRange();
4537     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4538       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4539         << Name << SS.getRange();
4540     else
4541       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4542       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4543 
4544     return true;
4545   }
4546 
4547   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4548     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4549     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4550       << Name << SS.getRange();
4551     SS.clear();
4552 
4553     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4554     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4555     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4556     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4557          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4558         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4559                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4560       return true;
4561 
4562     return false;
4563   }
4564 
4565   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4566   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4567   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4568   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4569   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4570     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4571   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4572         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4573     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4574       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4575 
4576   return false;
4577 }
4578 
4579 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4580                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4581   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4582   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4583   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4584 
4585   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4586   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4587   if (!Name) {
4588     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4589       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4590            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4591         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4592     return nullptr;
4593   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4594     return nullptr;
4595 
4596   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4597   // we find one that is.
4598   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4599          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4600     S = S->getParent();
4601 
4602   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4603   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4604     D.setInvalidType();
4605   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4606     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4607                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4608       return nullptr;
4609 
4610     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4611     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4612     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4613       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4614       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4615       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4616       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4617       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4618            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4619         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4620         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4621       return nullptr;
4622     }
4623     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4624 
4625     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4626         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4627       return nullptr;
4628 
4629     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4630       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4631            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4632         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4633       D.setInvalidType();
4634     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4635       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4636                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4637         if (DC->isRecord())
4638           return nullptr;
4639 
4640         D.setInvalidType();
4641       }
4642     }
4643 
4644     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4645     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4646     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4647         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4648       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4649       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4650         D.setInvalidType();
4651     }
4652   }
4653 
4654   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4655     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4656     // Just return early; it's safer.
4657     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4658       return nullptr;
4659 
4660   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4661   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4662 
4663   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4664                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4665     D.setInvalidType();
4666 
4667   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4668                         ForRedeclaration);
4669 
4670   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4671   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4672     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4673     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4674 
4675     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4676     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4677     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4678     //
4679     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4680     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4681     // the same name.
4682     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4683       /* Do nothing*/;
4684     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4685              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4686               R->isFunctionType())) {
4687       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4688       CreateBuiltins =
4689           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4690     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4691                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4692       CreateBuiltins = true;
4693 
4694     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4695       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4696 
4697     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4698   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4699     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4700 
4701     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4702     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4703     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4704     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4705     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4706     //  thereof; [...]
4707     //
4708     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4709     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4710     // we want to match. For example, given:
4711     //
4712     //   class X {
4713     //     void f();
4714     //     void f(float);
4715     //   };
4716     //
4717     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4718     //
4719     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4720     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4721     // matches.
4722 
4723     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4724     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4725     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4726     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4727     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4728   }
4729 
4730   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4731       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4732     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4733     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4734       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4735                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4736 
4737     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4738     Previous.clear();
4739   }
4740 
4741   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4742   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4743   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4744   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4745   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4746       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4747     Previous.clear();
4748 
4749   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4750   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4751   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4752     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4753 
4754   NamedDecl *New;
4755 
4756   bool AddToScope = true;
4757   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4758     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4759       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4760       return nullptr;
4761     }
4762 
4763     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4764   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4765     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4766                                   TemplateParamLists,
4767                                   AddToScope);
4768   } else {
4769     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4770                                   AddToScope);
4771   }
4772 
4773   if (!New)
4774     return nullptr;
4775 
4776   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4777   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4778   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4779        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4780     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4781     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4782     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4783     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4784     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4785     if (!AddToContext)
4786       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4787   }
4788 
4789   return New;
4790 }
4791 
4792 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4793 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4794 /// GCC compatibility).
4795 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4796                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4797                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4798                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4799   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4800   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4801   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4802   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4803   SizeIsNegative = false;
4804   Oversized = 0;
4805 
4806   if (T->isDependentType())
4807     return QualType();
4808 
4809   QualifierCollector Qs;
4810   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4811 
4812   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4813     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4814     QualType FixedType =
4815         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4816                                             Oversized);
4817     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4818     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4819     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4820   }
4821   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4822     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4823     QualType FixedType =
4824         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4825                                             Oversized);
4826     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4827     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4828     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4829   }
4830 
4831   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4832   if (!VLATy)
4833     return QualType();
4834   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4835   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4836     return QualType();
4837 
4838   llvm::APSInt Res;
4839   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4840       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4841     return QualType();
4842 
4843   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4844   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4845     SizeIsNegative = true;
4846     return QualType();
4847   }
4848 
4849   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4850   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4851     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4852                                               Res);
4853   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4854     Oversized = Res;
4855     return QualType();
4856   }
4857 
4858   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4859                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4860 }
4861 
4862 static void
4863 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4864   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4865     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4866     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4867                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4868     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4869     return;
4870   }
4871   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4872     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4873     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4874                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4875     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4876     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4877     return;
4878   }
4879   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4880   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4881   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4882   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4883   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4884   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4885   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4886   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4887 }
4888 
4889 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4890 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4891 /// GCC compatibility).
4892 static TypeSourceInfo*
4893 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4894                                               ASTContext &Context,
4895                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4896                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4897   QualType FixedTy
4898     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4899                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4900   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4901     return nullptr;
4902   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4903   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4904                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4905   return FixedTInfo;
4906 }
4907 
4908 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4909 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4910 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4911 /// function-scope declarations.
4912 void
4913 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4914   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4915       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4916     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4917     return;
4918 
4919   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4920   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
4921 }
4922 
4923 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4924   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
4925   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
4926   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
4927 }
4928 
4929 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4930 /// does not identify a function.
4931 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4932   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4933   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4934   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4935     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4936          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4937 
4938   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4939     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4940          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4941 
4942   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4943     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4944          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4945 
4946   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4947     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4948          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4949 }
4950 
4951 NamedDecl*
4952 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4953                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4954   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4955   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4956     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4957       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4958     D.setInvalidType();
4959     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4960     DC = CurContext;
4961     Previous.clear();
4962   }
4963 
4964   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4965 
4966   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4967     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4968       << 1;
4969 
4970   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4971     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4972       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4973     return nullptr;
4974   }
4975 
4976   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4977   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4978 
4979   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4980   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4981 
4982   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4983 
4984   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4985   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4986   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4987   return ND;
4988 }
4989 
4990 void
4991 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4992   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4993   // then it shall have block scope.
4994   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4995   // that redeclarations will match.
4996   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4997   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4998   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4999     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5000 
5001     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5002       bool SizeIsNegative;
5003       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5004       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5005         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5006                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5007                                                       Oversized);
5008       if (FixedTInfo) {
5009         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5010         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5011       } else {
5012         if (SizeIsNegative)
5013           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5014         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5015           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5016         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5017           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5018             << Oversized.toString(10);
5019         else
5020           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5021         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5022       }
5023     }
5024   }
5025 }
5026 
5027 
5028 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5029 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5030 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5031 NamedDecl*
5032 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5033                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5034   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5035   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5036   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5037                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5038   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
5039   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5040     Redeclaration = true;
5041     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5042   }
5043 
5044   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5045   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5046     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5047         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5048       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5049         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5050       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5051         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5052       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5053         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5054       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5055         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5056     }
5057 
5058   return NewTD;
5059 }
5060 
5061 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5062 /// previous declaration.
5063 ///
5064 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5065 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5066 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5067 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5068 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5069 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5070 ///
5071 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5072 /// lookup
5073 ///
5074 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5075 /// declared.
5076 ///
5077 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5078 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5079 static bool
5080 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5081                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5082   if (!PrevDecl)
5083     return false;
5084 
5085   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5086     return false;
5087 
5088   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5089     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5090     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5091     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5092     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5093     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5094     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5095     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5096     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5097       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5098       return false;
5099 
5100     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5101     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5102       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5103       return false;
5104 
5105     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5106     // previous declarations.
5107     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5108     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5109 
5110     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5111     // isn't the same function.
5112     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5113       return false;
5114   }
5115 
5116   return true;
5117 }
5118 
5119 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5120   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5121   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5122   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5123 }
5124 
5125 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5126   QualType type = decl->getType();
5127   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5128   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5129     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5130     unsigned kind = -1U;
5131     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5132       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5133         kind = 0; // __block
5134       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5135         kind = 1; // global
5136     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5137       kind = 3; // ivar
5138     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5139       kind = 2; // field
5140     }
5141 
5142     if (kind != -1U) {
5143       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5144         << kind;
5145     }
5146   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5147     // Try to infer lifetime.
5148     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5149       return false;
5150 
5151     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5152     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5153     decl->setType(type);
5154   }
5155 
5156   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5157     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5158     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5159         var->getTLSKind()) {
5160       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5161         << var->getType();
5162       return true;
5163     }
5164   }
5165 
5166   return false;
5167 }
5168 
5169 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5170   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5171   // the wrong linkage.
5172   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5173 
5174   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5175   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5176     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5177       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5178       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5179     }
5180   }
5181   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5182     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5183       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5184       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5185       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5186     }
5187   }
5188 
5189   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5190     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5191       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5192         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5193                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5194         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5195         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5196       }
5197     }
5198   }
5199 
5200   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5201   // It does not apply to functions.
5202   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5203     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5204       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5205       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5206     }
5207   }
5208 
5209   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5210   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5211     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5212       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5213         << &ND << Attr;
5214       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5215     }
5216   }
5217 }
5218 
5219 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5220                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5221                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5222   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5223     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5224   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5225     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5226 
5227   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5228     return;
5229 
5230   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5231   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5232   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5233   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5234 
5235   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5236   // inherited attribute instances.
5237   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5238                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5239 
5240   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5241   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5242   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5243   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5244   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5245 
5246   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5247     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5248     // free functions and global variables.
5249     bool JustWarn = false;
5250     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5251       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5252       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5253         JustWarn = true;
5254       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5255       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5256         JustWarn = true;
5257     }
5258 
5259     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5260                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5261     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5262         << NewDecl
5263         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5264     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5265     if (!JustWarn) {
5266       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5267       return;
5268     }
5269   }
5270 
5271   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5272   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5273   // and qualified friend declarations.
5274   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5275   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5276   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5277     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5278     // separately.
5279     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5280   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5281     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5282     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5283                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5284   }
5285 
5286   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5287       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5288     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5289            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5290       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5291     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5292     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5293     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5294     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5295   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5296              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5297     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5298     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5299     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5300     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5301            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5302         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5303   }
5304 }
5305 
5306 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5307 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5308 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5309 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5310   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5311 
5312   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5313   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5314 
5315   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5316   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5317     return false;
5318 
5319   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5320 
5321 #ifndef NDEBUG
5322   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5323   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5324   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5325   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5326   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5327 #endif
5328 
5329   bool isC99Inline =
5330       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5331 
5332 #ifndef NDEBUG
5333   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5334 #endif
5335 
5336   return isC99Inline;
5337 }
5338 
5339 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5340 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5341 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5342 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5343 ///
5344 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5345 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5346 ///
5347 /// For instance:
5348 ///
5349 ///   auto x = []{};
5350 ///
5351 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5352 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5353 ///
5354 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5355 template<typename T>
5356 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5357   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5358     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5359     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5360       return false;
5361   }
5362   return D->isExternC();
5363 }
5364 
5365 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5366   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5367   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5368     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5369   if (DC->isFileContext())
5370     return true;
5371   if (DC->isRecord())
5372     return false;
5373   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5374 }
5375 
5376 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5377   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5378   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5379     return true;
5380   if (DC->isRecord())
5381     return false;
5382   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5383 }
5384 
5385 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5386                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5387   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5388     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5389       return true;
5390   return false;
5391 }
5392 
5393 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5394                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5395   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5396   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5397     return true;
5398 
5399   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5400   // position to the decl itself.
5401   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5402     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5403       return true;
5404   }
5405 
5406   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5407   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5408 }
5409 
5410 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5411 /// function-local external declaration.
5412 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5413   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5414     return false;
5415 
5416   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5417   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5418   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5419   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5420     return true;
5421 
5422   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5423   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5424   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5425   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5426   //
5427   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5428   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5429   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5430     DC = DC->getParent();
5431   return true;
5432 }
5433 
5434 NamedDecl *
5435 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5436                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5437                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5438                               bool &AddToScope) {
5439   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5440   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5441 
5442   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5443   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5444 
5445   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5446   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5447   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5448       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5449       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5450     SC = SC_Extern;
5451 
5452   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5453   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5454                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5455 
5456   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5457     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5458     QualType NR = R;
5459     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5460       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5461         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5462         D.setInvalidType();
5463         break;
5464       }
5465       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5466     }
5467 
5468     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5469       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5470       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5471       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5472         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5473         D.setInvalidType();
5474       }
5475     }
5476   }
5477 
5478   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5479     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5480     // an error here
5481     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5482     D.setInvalidType();
5483     SC = SC_None;
5484   }
5485 
5486   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5487       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5488                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5489     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5490     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5491     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5492     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5493          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5494       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5495   }
5496 
5497   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5498   if (!II) {
5499     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5500       << Name;
5501     return nullptr;
5502   }
5503 
5504   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5505 
5506   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5507     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5508     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5509     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5510     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5511       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5512       D.setInvalidType();
5513     }
5514   }
5515 
5516   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5517     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5518     // OpenCL __local address space.
5519     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5520       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5521     }
5522 
5523     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5524     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5525     // space qualifiers.
5526     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5527       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5528       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5529     }
5530 
5531     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5532     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5533     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5534     // address space qualifiers.
5535     if (R->isEventT()) {
5536       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5537         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5538         D.setInvalidType();
5539       }
5540 
5541       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5542         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5543         D.setInvalidType();
5544       }
5545     }
5546   }
5547 
5548   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5549   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5550   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5551   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5552   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5553   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5554   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5555   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5556     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5557                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5558                             R, TInfo, SC);
5559 
5560     if (D.isInvalidType())
5561       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5562   } else {
5563     bool Invalid = false;
5564 
5565     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5566       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5567       switch (SC) {
5568       case SC_None:
5569         break;
5570       case SC_Static:
5571         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5572              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5573           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5574         break;
5575       case SC_Auto:
5576       case SC_Register:
5577       case SC_Extern:
5578         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5579         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5580         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5581         // of class members
5582 
5583         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5584              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5585           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5586         break;
5587       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5588         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5589       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5590         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5591       }
5592     }
5593 
5594     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5595       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5596         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5597           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5598                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5599             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5600 
5601         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5602         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5603         if (RD->isUnion())
5604           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5605                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5606                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5607                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5608         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5609         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5610           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5611                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5612             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5613       }
5614     }
5615 
5616     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5617     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5618     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5619         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5620         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5621         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5622             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5623             : nullptr,
5624         TemplateParamLists,
5625         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5626 
5627     if (TemplateParams) {
5628       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5629           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5630         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5631         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5632         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5633              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5634           << II
5635           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5636                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5637         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5638       } else {
5639         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5640           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5641           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5642           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5643           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5644         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5645           // This is a template declaration.
5646           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5647 
5648           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5649           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5650             return nullptr;
5651 
5652           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5653           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5654                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5655                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5656                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5657         }
5658       }
5659     } else {
5660       assert(
5661           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5662           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5663     }
5664 
5665     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5666       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5667           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5668               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5669               : SourceLocation();
5670       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5671           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5672           IsPartialSpecialization);
5673       if (Res.isInvalid())
5674         return nullptr;
5675       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5676       AddToScope = false;
5677     } else
5678       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5679                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5680 
5681     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5682     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5683       NewTemplate =
5684           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5685                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5686       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5687     }
5688 
5689     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5690     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5691     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5692       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5693 
5694     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5695       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5696       if (NewTemplate)
5697         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5698     }
5699 
5700     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5701 
5702     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5703     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5704     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5705     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5706       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5707           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5708           TemplateParamLists.data());
5709 
5710     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5711       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5712   }
5713 
5714   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5715   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5716   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5717   if (NewTemplate)
5718     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5719 
5720   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5721     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5722 
5723   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5724     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5725     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5726     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5727     //   explicitly.
5728     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5729     //   'extern'.
5730     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5731         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5732          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5733          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5734       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5735            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5736         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5737     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5738       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5739            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5740     else
5741       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5742   }
5743 
5744   // C99 6.7.4p3
5745   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5746   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5747   //   thread storage duration...
5748   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5749   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5750   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5751   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5752   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5753   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5754       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5755     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5756     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5757       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5758            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5759       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5760     }
5761   }
5762 
5763   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5764     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5765       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5766           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5767           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5768                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5769     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5770       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5771         << 2
5772         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5773     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5774       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5775         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5776         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5777         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5778     else {
5779       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5780       if (NewTemplate)
5781         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5782     }
5783   }
5784 
5785   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5786   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5787 
5788   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5789     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5790     // storage [duration]."
5791     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5792         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5793          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5794       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5795     }
5796   }
5797 
5798   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5799   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5800   // check the VarDecl itself.
5801   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5802          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5803          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5804 
5805   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5806   // retainable type.
5807   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5808     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5809 
5810   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5811   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5812     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5813     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5814     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5815     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5816       switch (SC) {
5817       case SC_None:
5818       case SC_Auto:
5819         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5820         break;
5821       case SC_Register:
5822         // Local Named register
5823         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5824           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5825         break;
5826       case SC_Static:
5827       case SC_Extern:
5828       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5829       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5830         break;
5831       }
5832     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5833       // Global Named register
5834       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5835         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5836       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5837         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5838         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5839       }
5840     }
5841 
5842     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5843                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5844   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5845     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5846       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5847     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5848       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5849       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5850     }
5851   }
5852 
5853   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5854   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5855     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5856 
5857   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5858   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5859   // declaration has linkage).
5860   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5861                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5862                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5863                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5864 
5865   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5866   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5867   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5868       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5869     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5870         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5871         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5872 
5873   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5874     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5875   } else {
5876     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5877     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5878         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5879       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5880 
5881     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5882     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5883       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5884           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5885           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5886         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5887         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5888         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5889           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5890         Previous.clear();
5891         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5892       }
5893     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5894       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5895       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5896         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5897         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5898       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5899     }
5900 
5901     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5902       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5903 
5904     if (NewTemplate) {
5905       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5906           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5907               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5908               : nullptr;
5909 
5910       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5911       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5912       // template declaration.
5913       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5914               TemplateParams,
5915               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5916                               : nullptr,
5917               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5918                DC->isDependentContext())
5919                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5920                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5921         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5922 
5923       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5924       // template, make a note of that.
5925       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5926           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5927         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5928     }
5929   }
5930 
5931   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5932 
5933   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5934   // the map of such variables.
5935   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5936       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5937     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5938 
5939   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5940     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5941     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
5942             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
5943       Context.setManglingNumber(
5944           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5945                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5946       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5947     }
5948   }
5949 
5950   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5951     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5952         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5953         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5954   }
5955 
5956   if (NewTemplate) {
5957     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5958       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5959     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5960     return NewTemplate;
5961   }
5962 
5963   return NewVD;
5964 }
5965 
5966 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5967 /// -Wshadow.
5968 ///
5969 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5970 /// scope.
5971 ///
5972 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5973 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5974 ///
5975 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5976   // Return if warning is ignored.
5977   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5978     return;
5979 
5980   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5981   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5982     return;
5983 
5984   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5985 
5986   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5987   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5988     return;
5989 
5990   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5991   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5992     return;
5993 
5994   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5995   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5996     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5997       if (MD->isStatic())
5998         return;
5999 
6000   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6001     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6002       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6003       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6004       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6005         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6006           ShadowedDecl = I;
6007           break;
6008         }
6009     }
6010 
6011   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6012 
6013   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6014   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6015     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6016     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6017       return;
6018 
6019     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6020     // static data members from base classes?
6021 
6022     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6023     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6024     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6025   }
6026 
6027   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6028   unsigned Kind;
6029   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6030     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6031       Kind = 3; // field
6032     else
6033       Kind = 2; // static data member
6034   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6035     Kind = 1; // global
6036   else
6037     Kind = 0; // local
6038 
6039   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6040 
6041   // Emit warning and note.
6042   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6043     return;
6044   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6045   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6046 }
6047 
6048 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6049 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6050   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6051     return;
6052 
6053   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6054                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6055   LookupName(R, S);
6056   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6057 }
6058 
6059 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6060 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6061 template<typename T>
6062 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6063     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6064   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6065   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6066 
6067   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6068     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6069     // declaration.
6070     return false;
6071   }
6072 
6073   if (Prev) {
6074     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6075       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6076       // redeclaration.
6077       Previous.clear();
6078       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6079       return true;
6080     }
6081 
6082     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6083     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6084     // declaration.
6085     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6086       return false;
6087   } else {
6088     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6089     // translation unit which might conflict.
6090     if (IsGlobal) {
6091       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6092       IsGlobal = false;
6093       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6094            I != E; ++I) {
6095         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6096           Prev = *I;
6097           break;
6098         }
6099       }
6100     } else {
6101       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6102           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6103       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6104            I != E; ++I) {
6105         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6106           Prev = *I;
6107           break;
6108         }
6109         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6110         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6111         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6112         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6113         // diagnostic.
6114       }
6115     }
6116 
6117     if (!Prev)
6118       return false;
6119   }
6120 
6121   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6122   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6123   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6124   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6125     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6126   else
6127     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6128 
6129   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6130     << IsGlobal << ND;
6131   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6132     << IsGlobal;
6133   return false;
6134 }
6135 
6136 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6137 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6138 ///
6139 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6140 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6141 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6142 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6143 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6144 template<typename T>
6145 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6146                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6147   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6148     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6149     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6150     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6151     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6152       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6153         Previous.clear();
6154         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6155         return true;
6156       }
6157     }
6158     return false;
6159   }
6160 
6161   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6162   // declaration.
6163   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6164     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6165 
6166   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6167   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6168   // in another scope.
6169   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6170     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6171 
6172   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6173   return false;
6174 }
6175 
6176 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6177   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6178   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6179     return;
6180 
6181   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6182   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6183 
6184   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6185   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6186     return;
6187 
6188   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6189     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6190 
6191   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6192     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6193       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6194     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6195     NewVD->setType(T);
6196   }
6197 
6198   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6199   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6200   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6201   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6202   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6203     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6204     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6205     return;
6206   }
6207 
6208   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6209   // __constant address space.
6210   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6211       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6212       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6213     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6214     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6215     return;
6216   }
6217 
6218   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6219   // scope.
6220   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6221       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6222     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6223     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6224     return;
6225   }
6226 
6227   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6228       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6229     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6230       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6231     else {
6232       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6233       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6234     }
6235   }
6236 
6237   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6238   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6239       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6240     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6241 
6242   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6243       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6244     bool SizeIsNegative;
6245     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6246     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6247       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6248                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6249     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6250       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6251       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6252       // int a[10][n];
6253       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6254 
6255       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6256         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6257         << SizeRange;
6258       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6259         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6260         << SizeRange;
6261       else
6262         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6263         << SizeRange;
6264       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6265       return;
6266     }
6267 
6268     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6269       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6270         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6271       else
6272         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6273       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6274       return;
6275     }
6276 
6277     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6278     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6279     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6280   }
6281 
6282   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6283     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6284     //                    of objects and functions.
6285     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6286       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6287         << T;
6288       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6289       return;
6290     }
6291   }
6292 
6293   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6294     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6295     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6296     return;
6297   }
6298 
6299   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6300     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6301     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6302     return;
6303   }
6304 
6305   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6306       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6307                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6308     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6309     return;
6310   }
6311 }
6312 
6313 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6314 /// declaration.
6315 ///
6316 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6317 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6318 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6319 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6320 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6321 ///
6322 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6323 ///
6324 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6325 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6326   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6327 
6328   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6329   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6330     return false;
6331 
6332   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6333   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6334   if (Previous.empty() &&
6335       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6336     Previous.setShadowed();
6337 
6338   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6339   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6340 
6341   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6342     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6343     return true;
6344   }
6345   return false;
6346 }
6347 
6348 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6349 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6350   Sema *S;
6351   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6352 };
6353 
6354 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6355 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6356 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6357 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6358                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6359                                  void *UserData) {
6360   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6361 
6362   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6363     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6364 
6365   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6366 
6367   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6368   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6369     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6370     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6371     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6372 
6373     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6374   }
6375 
6376   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6377        !Path.Decls.empty();
6378        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6379     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6380     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6381       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6382         return true;
6383     }
6384   }
6385 
6386   return false;
6387 }
6388 
6389 namespace {
6390   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6391 }
6392 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6393 /// overriden methods.
6394 ///
6395 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6396 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6397 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6398 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6399                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6400   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6401   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6402                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6403        I != E; ++I) {
6404     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6405     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6406     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6407     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6408         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6409         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6410       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6411   }
6412 }
6413 
6414 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6415 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6416 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6417   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6418   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6419   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6420   Data.Method = MD;
6421   Data.S = this;
6422   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6423   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6424   bool AddedAny = false;
6425   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6426     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6427       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6428         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6429         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6430             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6431             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6432             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6433           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6434           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6435           AddedAny = true;
6436         }
6437       }
6438     }
6439   }
6440 
6441   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6442     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6443   }
6444   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6445     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6446   }
6447 
6448   return AddedAny;
6449 }
6450 
6451 namespace {
6452   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6453   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6454   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6455     Scope *S;
6456     Declarator &D;
6457     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6458     bool AddToScope;
6459   };
6460 }
6461 
6462 namespace {
6463 
6464 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6465 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6466 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6467  public:
6468   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6469                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6470       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6471         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6472 
6473   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6474     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6475       return false;
6476 
6477     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6478     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6479                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6480          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6481       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6482 
6483       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6484           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6485         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6486           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6487           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6488             return true;
6489         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6490           return true;
6491         }
6492       }
6493     }
6494 
6495     return false;
6496   }
6497 
6498  private:
6499   ASTContext &Context;
6500   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6501   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6502 };
6503 
6504 }
6505 
6506 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6507 ///
6508 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6509 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6510 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6511 /// the same name.
6512 ///
6513 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6514 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6515 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6516     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6517     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6518   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6519   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6520   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6521   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6522   TypoCorrection Correction;
6523   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6524   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6525                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6526   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6527                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6528                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6529                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6530 
6531   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6532   if (IsLocalFriend)
6533     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6534   else
6535     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6536   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6537          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6538   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6539   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6540     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6541          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6542       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6543       if (FD &&
6544           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6545         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6546         // involve a parameter
6547         unsigned ParamNum =
6548             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6549         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6550       }
6551     }
6552   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6553   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6554                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6555                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6556                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6557                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6558                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6559     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6560     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6561                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6562     Previous.clear();
6563     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6564     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6565                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6566          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6567       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6568       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6569           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6570         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6571       }
6572     }
6573     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6574 
6575     NamedDecl *Result;
6576     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6577     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6578     {
6579       // Trap errors.
6580       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6581 
6582       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6583       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6584       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6585       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6586           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6587           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6588           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6589           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6590 
6591       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6592         Result = nullptr;
6593     }
6594 
6595     if (Result) {
6596       // Determine which correction we picked.
6597       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6598       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6599            I != E; ++I)
6600         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6601           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6602 
6603       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6604           Correction,
6605           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6606                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6607                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6608             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6609       return Result;
6610     }
6611 
6612     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6613     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6614                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6615     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6616     Previous.clear();
6617     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6618   }
6619 
6620   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6621       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6622 
6623   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6624   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6625     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6626 
6627   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6628        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6629        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6630     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6631     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6632     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6633     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6634 
6635     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6636     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6637       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6638       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6639       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6640       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6641                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6642         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6643         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6644     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6645       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6646           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6647     } else
6648       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6649                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6650                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6651   }
6652   return nullptr;
6653 }
6654 
6655 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6656   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6657   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6658   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6659   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6660   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6661     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6662                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6663     D.setInvalidType();
6664     break;
6665   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6666   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6667     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6668       return SC_None;
6669     return SC_Extern;
6670   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6671     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6672       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6673       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6674       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6675       //   other than extern
6676       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6677       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6678                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6679       break;
6680     } else
6681       return SC_Static;
6682   }
6683   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6684   }
6685 
6686   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6687   return SC_None;
6688 }
6689 
6690 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6691                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6692                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6693                                            StorageClass SC,
6694                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6695   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6696   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6697 
6698   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6699   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6700 
6701   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6702     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6703     // prototype. This true when:
6704     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6705     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6706     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6707     bool HasPrototype =
6708       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6709       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6710 
6711     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6712                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6713                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6714                                  HasPrototype, false);
6715     if (D.isInvalidType())
6716       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6717 
6718     return NewFD;
6719   }
6720 
6721   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6722   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6723 
6724   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6725   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6726   // the class has been completely parsed.
6727   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6728       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6729           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6730           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6731     D.setInvalidType();
6732 
6733   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6734     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6735     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6736            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6737 
6738     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6739     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6740                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6741                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6742                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6743                                       isConstexpr);
6744 
6745   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6746     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6747     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6748       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6749       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6750       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6751                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6752                                         D.getLocStart(),
6753                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6754                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6755 
6756       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6757       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6758       // it yet.
6759       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6760           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6761           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6762         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6763       }
6764 
6765       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6766       return NewDD;
6767 
6768     } else {
6769       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6770       D.setInvalidType();
6771 
6772       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6773       // code path.
6774       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6775                                   D.getLocStart(),
6776                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6777                                   SC, isInline,
6778                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6779     }
6780 
6781   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6782     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6783       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6784            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6785       return nullptr;
6786     }
6787 
6788     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6789     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6790     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6791                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6792                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6793                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6794 
6795   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6796     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6797     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6798     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6799     // constructor if it has no return type).
6800     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6801         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6802       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6803         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6804         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6805       return nullptr;
6806     }
6807 
6808     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6809     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6810                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6811                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6812                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6813                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6814     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6815     return Ret;
6816   } else {
6817     bool isFriend =
6818         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6819     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
6820       return nullptr;
6821 
6822     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6823     // prototype. This true when:
6824     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6825     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6826                                 D.getLocStart(),
6827                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6828                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6829   }
6830 }
6831 
6832 enum OpenCLParamType {
6833   ValidKernelParam,
6834   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6835   PtrKernelParam,
6836   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6837   InvalidKernelParam,
6838   RecordKernelParam
6839 };
6840 
6841 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6842   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6843     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6844     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6845       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6846     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6847                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6848   }
6849 
6850   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6851   // be used as builtin types.
6852 
6853   if (PT->isImageType())
6854     return PtrKernelParam;
6855 
6856   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6857     return InvalidKernelParam;
6858 
6859   if (PT->isEventT())
6860     return InvalidKernelParam;
6861 
6862   if (PT->isHalfType())
6863     return InvalidKernelParam;
6864 
6865   if (PT->isRecordType())
6866     return RecordKernelParam;
6867 
6868   return ValidKernelParam;
6869 }
6870 
6871 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6872   Sema &S,
6873   Declarator &D,
6874   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6875   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6876   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6877 
6878   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6879   // used again
6880   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6881     return;
6882 
6883   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6884   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6885     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6886     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6887     // pointer to a pointer type.
6888     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6889     D.setInvalidType();
6890     return;
6891 
6892   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6893     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6894     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6895     // pointer to the private address space.
6896     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6897     D.setInvalidType();
6898     return;
6899 
6900     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6901     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6902     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6903     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6904     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6905 
6906   case InvalidKernelParam:
6907     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6908     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6909     // of event_t type.
6910     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6911     D.setInvalidType();
6912     return;
6913 
6914   case PtrKernelParam:
6915   case ValidKernelParam:
6916     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6917     return;
6918 
6919   case RecordKernelParam:
6920     break;
6921   }
6922 
6923   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6924   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6925 
6926   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6927   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6928   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6929   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6930 
6931   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6932   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6933 
6934   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6935 
6936   do {
6937     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6938     if (!Next) {
6939       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6940       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6941       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6942         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6943 
6944       continue;
6945     }
6946 
6947     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6948     // field itself) to the history stack.
6949     const RecordDecl *RD;
6950     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6951       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6952       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6953     } else {
6954       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6955     }
6956 
6957     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6958     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6959 
6960     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6961       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6962 
6963       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6964         continue;
6965 
6966       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6967       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6968         continue;
6969 
6970       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6971         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6972         continue;
6973       }
6974 
6975       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6976       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6977       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6978       // union.
6979       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6980           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6981         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6982                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6983           << PT->isUnionType()
6984           << PT;
6985       } else {
6986         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6987       }
6988 
6989       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6990         << PD->getDeclName();
6991 
6992       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6993       // the offending field came from
6994       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
6995                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6996                E = HistoryStack.end();
6997            I != E; ++I) {
6998         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6999         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7000           << OuterField->getType();
7001       }
7002 
7003       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7004         << QT->isPointerType()
7005         << QT;
7006       D.setInvalidType();
7007       return;
7008     }
7009   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7010 }
7011 
7012 NamedDecl*
7013 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7014                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7015                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7016                               bool &AddToScope) {
7017   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7018 
7019   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7020 
7021   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7022   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7023   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7024   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7025 
7026   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7027     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7028          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7029       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7030 
7031   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7032     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
7033 
7034   bool isFriend = false;
7035   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7036   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7037   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7038 
7039   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7040   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7041   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7042 
7043   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7044 
7045   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7046   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7047 
7048   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7049                                               isVirtualOkay);
7050   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7051 
7052   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7053     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7054 
7055   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7056   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7057   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7058   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7059 
7060   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7061     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7062 
7063   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7064     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7065     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7066     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7067     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7068     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7069     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7070       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7071       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7072       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7073       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7074     }
7075 
7076     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7077     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7078     // return true).
7079     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7080           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7081       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7082         NewFD->setPure(true);
7083     }
7084 
7085     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7086     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7087     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7088     if (D.isInvalidType())
7089       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7090 
7091     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7092     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7093     bool Invalid = false;
7094     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7095             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7096                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7097                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7098                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7099                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7100                     : nullptr,
7101                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7102                 Invalid)) {
7103       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7104         // This is a function template
7105 
7106         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7107         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7108           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7109 
7110         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7111         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7112           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7113           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7114         }
7115 
7116         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7117         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7118         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7119         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7120           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7121           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7122             Invalid = true;
7123         }
7124 
7125 
7126         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7127                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7128                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7129                                                         NewFD);
7130         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7131         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7132 
7133         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7134         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7135           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7136                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7137                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7138         }
7139       } else {
7140         // This is a function template specialization.
7141         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7142         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7143         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7144           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7145                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7146                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7147 
7148         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7149         if (isFriend) {
7150           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7151           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7152 
7153           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7154           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7155           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7156           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7157           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7158           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7159           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7160             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7161             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7162           }
7163 
7164           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7165             << Name << RemoveRange
7166             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7167             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7168         }
7169       }
7170     }
7171     else {
7172       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7173       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7174       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7175         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7176         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7177                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7178                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7179     }
7180 
7181     if (Invalid) {
7182       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7183       if (FunctionTemplate)
7184         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7185     }
7186 
7187     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7188     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7189     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7190     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7191     //
7192     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7193       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7194         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7195              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7196       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7197         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7198         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7199              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7200           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7201       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7202         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7203         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7204         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7205              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7206           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7207       } else {
7208         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7209         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7210       }
7211 
7212       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7213           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7214         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7215     }
7216 
7217     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7218         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7219          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7220         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7221       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7222       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7223       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7224       // thing to do.
7225       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7226       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7227       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7228           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7229       QualType Result =
7230           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7231       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7232                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7233     }
7234 
7235     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7236     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7237     //  declaration.
7238     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7239       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7240         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7241         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7242              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7243           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7244       }
7245     }
7246 
7247     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7248     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7249     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7250     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7251     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7252       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7253         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7254         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7255              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7256           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7257       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7258                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7259         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7260         // or conversion function.
7261         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7262              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7263           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7264       }
7265     }
7266 
7267     if (isConstexpr) {
7268       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7269       // are implicitly inline.
7270       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7271 
7272       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7273       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7274       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7275       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7276         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7277     }
7278 
7279     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7280     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7281       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7282         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7283           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7284         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7285           << 0
7286           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7287       } else {
7288         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7289         if (FunctionTemplate)
7290           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7291       }
7292     }
7293 
7294     if (isFriend) {
7295       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7296         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7297         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7298       }
7299       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7300       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7301     }
7302 
7303     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7304     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7305     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7306     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7307       case FDK_Declaration:
7308       case FDK_Definition:
7309         break;
7310 
7311       case FDK_Defaulted:
7312         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7313         break;
7314 
7315       case FDK_Deleted:
7316         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7317         break;
7318     }
7319 
7320     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7321         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7322       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7323       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7324       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7325       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7326     }
7327 
7328     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7329         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7330       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7331       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7332       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7333       //   the class.
7334 
7335       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7336       // member function definition.
7337       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7338            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7339         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7340     }
7341 
7342     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7343     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7344     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7345     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7346     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7347          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7348         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7349       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7350           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7351           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7352   }
7353 
7354   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7355   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7356                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7357                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7358                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7359 
7360   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7361   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7362     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7363     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7364     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7365                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7366   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7367     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7368       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7369     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7370       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7371       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7372     }
7373   }
7374 
7375   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7376   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7377   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7378   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7379     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7380 
7381     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7382     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7383     // single void argument.
7384     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7385     // already checks for that case.
7386     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7387       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7388         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7389         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7390         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7391         Params.push_back(Param);
7392 
7393         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7394           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7395       }
7396     }
7397 
7398   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7399     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7400     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7401     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7402     //
7403     // @code
7404     // typedef void fn(int);
7405     // fn f;
7406     // @endcode
7407 
7408     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7409     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7410       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7411           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7412       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7413       Params.push_back(Param);
7414     }
7415   } else {
7416     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7417            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7418   }
7419 
7420   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7421   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7422 
7423   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7424   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7425   //
7426   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7427   //
7428   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7429   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7430   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7431 
7432   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7433     NewFD->addAttr(
7434         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7435                                        Context, 0));
7436 
7437   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7438   // because all functions have linkage.
7439   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7440       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7441     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7442     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7443   }
7444 
7445   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7446   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7447       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7448     NewFD->addAttr(
7449         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7450                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7451                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7452     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7453                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7454                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7455                      NewFD))
7456       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7457   }
7458 
7459   // Handle attributes.
7460   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7461 
7462   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7463   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7464       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7465   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7466       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7467     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7468     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7469     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7470     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7471     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7472       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7473   }
7474 
7475   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7476     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7477     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7478     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7479     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7480         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7481         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7482       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7483            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7484       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7485     }
7486   }
7487 
7488   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7489     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7490     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7491     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7492       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7493 
7494     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7495       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7496 
7497     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7498       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7499                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7500     else if (!Previous.empty())
7501       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7502       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7503     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7504             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7505            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7506 
7507     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7508     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7509     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7510     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7511     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7512       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7513       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7514         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7515         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7516         int DiagID =
7517             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7518         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7519             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7520       }
7521     }
7522   } else {
7523     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7524     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7525     //
7526     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7527     //
7528     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7529     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7530     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7531         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7532         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7533       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7534            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7535         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7536 
7537     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7538     // argument list into our AST format.
7539     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7540       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7541       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7542       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7543       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7544                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7545       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7546                                  TemplateArgs);
7547 
7548       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7549 
7550       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7551         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7552       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7553         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7554         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7555           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7556 
7557         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7558       } else {
7559         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7560                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7561                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7562         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7563         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7564       }
7565     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7566       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7567       // wrote something like:
7568       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7569       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7570       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7571       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7572       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7573       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7574       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7575     }
7576 
7577     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7578     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7579     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7580     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7581     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7582     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7583         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7584          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7585             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7586             InstantiationDependent))) {
7587       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7588              "friend function specialization without template args");
7589       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7590                                                        Previous))
7591         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7592     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7593       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7594           && !isFriend) {
7595         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7596         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7597           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7598           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7599           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7600       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7601                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7602                                                            : nullptr),
7603                                                      Previous))
7604         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7605 
7606       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7607       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7608       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7609       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7610           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7611       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7612         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7613           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7614                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7615             << SC
7616             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7617                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7618 
7619         else
7620           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7621                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7622             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7623                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7624       }
7625 
7626     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7627       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7628           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7629     }
7630 
7631     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7632     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7633       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7634         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7635 
7636       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7637         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7638 
7639       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7640         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7641                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7642       else if (!Previous.empty())
7643         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7644         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7645     }
7646 
7647     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7648             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7649            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7650 
7651     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7652                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7653                                 : NewFD);
7654 
7655     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7656       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7657       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7658         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7659 
7660       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7661       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7662     }
7663 
7664     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7665         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7666       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7667 
7668     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7669     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7670     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7671       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7672                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7673       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7674                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7675                                     : nullptr,
7676                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7677                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7678                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7679                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7680                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7681                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7682                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7683                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7684                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7685     }
7686 
7687     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7688       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7689     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7690       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7691                                        AddToScope };
7692       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7693       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7694         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7695 
7696       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7697       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7698         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7699         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7700 
7701         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7702         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7703         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7704         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7705         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7706         // can actually do this check immediately.
7707         if (isFriend &&
7708             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7709              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7710              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7711           // ignore these
7712         } else {
7713           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7714           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7715           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7716           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7717           //
7718           // class X {
7719           //   void f() const;
7720           // };
7721           //
7722           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7723           //
7724           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7725           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7726           // whether the parameter types are references).
7727 
7728           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7729                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7730             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7731             return Result;
7732           }
7733         }
7734 
7735         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7736         // to something.
7737       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7738         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7739                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7740           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7741           return Result;
7742         }
7743       }
7744 
7745     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7746                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7747                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7748                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7749       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7750       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7751       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7752       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7753       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7754       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7755       // generate them.
7756       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7757         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7758     }
7759   }
7760 
7761   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7762   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7763 
7764   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7765 
7766   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7767       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7768     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7769          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7770       << NewFD;
7771 
7772     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7773     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7774     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7775         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7776     EPI.Variadic = true;
7777     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7778 
7779     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7780     NewFD->setType(R);
7781   }
7782 
7783   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7784   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7785   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7786     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7787 
7788   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7789   // marking the function.
7790   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7791 
7792   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7793   // a pragma.
7794   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7795     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7796 
7797   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7798   // the map of such variables.
7799   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7800       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7801     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7802 
7803   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7804   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7805 
7806   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7807     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7808         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7809         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7810   }
7811 
7812   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7813     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7814       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7815         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7816       return FunctionTemplate;
7817     }
7818   }
7819 
7820   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7821     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7822     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7823         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7824       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7825       D.setInvalidType();
7826     }
7827 
7828     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7829     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7830       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7831       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7832           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7833                                 : FixItHint());
7834       D.setInvalidType();
7835     }
7836 
7837     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7838     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7839       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7840   }
7841 
7842   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7843 
7844   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7845     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7846       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7847           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7848         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7849           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7850             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7851 
7852           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7853         }
7854       }
7855 
7856   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7857   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7858   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7859   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7860     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7861                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7862                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7863                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7864                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7865     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7866     AddToScope = false;
7867   }
7868 
7869   return NewFD;
7870 }
7871 
7872 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7873 ///
7874 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7875 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7876 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7877 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7878 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7879 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7880 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7881 ///
7882 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7883 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7884 ///
7885 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7886 ///
7887 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7888 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7889                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7890                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7891   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7892          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7893 
7894   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7895   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7896   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7897   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7898                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7899 
7900   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7901   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7902 
7903   bool Redeclaration = false;
7904   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7905 
7906   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7907   // the same name, if appropriate.
7908   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7909     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7910     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7911     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7912     // function to the scope.
7913     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7914       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7915       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7916         Redeclaration = true;
7917         OldDecl = Candidate;
7918       }
7919     } else {
7920       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7921                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7922       case Ovl_Match:
7923         Redeclaration = true;
7924         break;
7925 
7926       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7927         Redeclaration = true;
7928         break;
7929 
7930       case Ovl_Overload:
7931         Redeclaration = false;
7932         break;
7933       }
7934 
7935       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7936         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7937         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7938         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7939           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7940         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7941         if (Redeclaration)
7942           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7943         else if (!Previous.empty())
7944           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7945         if (OverloadedDecl)
7946           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7947                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7948         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7949       }
7950     }
7951   }
7952 
7953   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7954   if (!Redeclaration &&
7955       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7956     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7957     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7958       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7959       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7960       Redeclaration = true;
7961       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7962       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7963 
7964       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7965       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7966         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7967           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7968             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7969           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7970                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7971           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7972         }
7973         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7974           Redeclaration = false;
7975           OldDecl = nullptr;
7976         }
7977       }
7978     }
7979   }
7980 
7981   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7982   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7983   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7984   //
7985   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7986   // definition of a static member function.
7987   //
7988   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7989   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7990   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7991   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7992       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7993       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7994     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7995     if (OldDecl)
7996       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7997     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7998       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7999         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8000       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8001       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8002       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8003                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8004 
8005       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8006       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8007       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8008         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8009         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8010                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8011           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8012 
8013         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8014           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8015       }
8016     }
8017   }
8018 
8019   if (Redeclaration) {
8020     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8021     // merged.
8022     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8023       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8024       return Redeclaration;
8025     }
8026 
8027     Previous.clear();
8028     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8029 
8030     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8031                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8032       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8033       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8034         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8035       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8036       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8037             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8038         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8039         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8040       }
8041 
8042       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8043       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8044       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8045           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8046         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8047         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8048       }
8049 
8050     } else {
8051       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8052       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8053 
8054       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8055         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8056     }
8057   }
8058 
8059   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8060 
8061   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8062     // C++-specific checks.
8063     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8064       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8065     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8066                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8067       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8068       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8069 
8070       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8071       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8072       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8073         DeclarationName Name
8074           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8075                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8076         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8077           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8078           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8079           return Redeclaration;
8080         }
8081       }
8082     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8083                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8084       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8085     }
8086 
8087     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8088     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8089       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8090           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8091           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8092         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8093           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8094           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8095             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8096           }
8097         }
8098       }
8099 
8100       if (Method->isStatic())
8101         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8102     }
8103 
8104     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8105     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8106         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8107       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8108       return Redeclaration;
8109     }
8110 
8111     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8112     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8113         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8114       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8115       return Redeclaration;
8116     }
8117 
8118     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8119     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8120     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8121     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8122       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8123 
8124     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8125     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8126     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8127       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8128       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8129       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8130       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8131         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8132         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8133         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8134       }
8135     }
8136 
8137     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8138     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8139     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8140     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8141     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8142       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8143       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8144         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8145             << NewFD << R;
8146       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8147                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8148         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8149     }
8150   }
8151   return Redeclaration;
8152 }
8153 
8154 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8155   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8156   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8157   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8158   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8159   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8160   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8161   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8162   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8163     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8164          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8165       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8166   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8167     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8168       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8169   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8170     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8171     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8172     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8173     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8174       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8175   }
8176   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8177     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8178       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8179     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8180   }
8181 
8182   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8183     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8184         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8185     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8186     return;
8187   }
8188 
8189   QualType T = FD->getType();
8190   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8191   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8192 
8193   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8194     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8195     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8196     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8197 
8198     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8199     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8200       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8201     else {
8202       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8203       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8204       if (RTRange.isValid())
8205         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8206             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8207     }
8208   } else {
8209     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8210     // set the flag which tells us that.
8211     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8212 
8213     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8214     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8215       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8216     else {
8217       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8218       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8219       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8220           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8221                                 : FixItHint());
8222       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8223     }
8224   }
8225 
8226   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8227   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8228 
8229   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8230   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8231   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8232 
8233   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8234 
8235   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8236   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8237   // getting shifty.
8238   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8239     HasExtraParameters = false;
8240 
8241   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8242     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8243     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8244     nparams = 3;
8245   }
8246 
8247   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8248   // if we had some location information about types.
8249 
8250   QualType CharPP =
8251     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8252   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8253 
8254   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8255     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8256 
8257     bool mismatch = true;
8258 
8259     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8260       mismatch = false;
8261     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8262       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8263       //   char const **
8264       //   char const * const *
8265       //   char * const *
8266 
8267       QualifierCollector qs;
8268       const PointerType* PT;
8269       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8270           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8271           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8272                               Context.CharTy)) {
8273         qs.removeConst();
8274         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8275       }
8276     }
8277 
8278     if (mismatch) {
8279       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8280       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8281       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8282     }
8283   }
8284 
8285   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8286     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8287   }
8288 
8289   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8290     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8291     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8292   }
8293 }
8294 
8295 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8296   QualType T = FD->getType();
8297   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8298   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8299 
8300   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8301   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8302   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8303       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8304       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8305     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8306     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8307       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8308 
8309   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8310     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8311     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8312   }
8313 }
8314 
8315 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8316   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8317   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8318   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8319   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8320   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8321   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8322   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8323   // rules there don't matter.)
8324   const Expr *Culprit;
8325   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8326     return false;
8327   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8328     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8329   return true;
8330 }
8331 
8332 namespace {
8333   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8334   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8335   class SelfReferenceChecker
8336       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8337     Sema &S;
8338     Decl *OrigDecl;
8339     bool isRecordType;
8340     bool isPODType;
8341     bool isReferenceType;
8342 
8343     bool isInitList;
8344     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8345   public:
8346     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8347 
8348     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8349                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8350       isPODType = false;
8351       isRecordType = false;
8352       isReferenceType = false;
8353       isInitList = false;
8354       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8355         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8356         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8357         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8358       }
8359     }
8360 
8361     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8362     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8363     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8364     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8365       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8366       if (!InitList) {
8367         Visit(E);
8368         return;
8369       }
8370 
8371       // Track and increment the index here.
8372       isInitList = true;
8373       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8374       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8375         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8376         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8377       }
8378       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8379     }
8380 
8381     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8382     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8383     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8384       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8385       Expr *Base = E;
8386       bool ReferenceField = false;
8387 
8388       // Get the field memebers used.
8389       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8390         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8391         if (!FD)
8392           return false;
8393         Fields.push_back(FD);
8394         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8395           ReferenceField = true;
8396         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8397       }
8398 
8399       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8400       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8401       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8402         return false;
8403 
8404       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8405       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8406         return true;
8407 
8408       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8409       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8410       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8411         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8412       }
8413 
8414       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8415       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8416       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8417       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8418                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8419                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8420                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8421            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8422         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8423           return true;
8424         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8425           break;
8426       }
8427 
8428       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8429       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8430       return true;
8431     }
8432 
8433     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8434     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8435     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8436     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8437       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8438       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8439         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8440         return;
8441       }
8442 
8443       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8444         Visit(CO->getCond());
8445         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8446         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8447         return;
8448       }
8449 
8450       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8451               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8452         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8453         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8454         return;
8455       }
8456 
8457       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8458         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8459         return;
8460       }
8461 
8462       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8463         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8464           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8465           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8466           return;
8467         }
8468       }
8469 
8470       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8471         if (isInitList) {
8472           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8473                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8474             return;
8475         }
8476 
8477         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8478         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8479           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8480           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8481             return;
8482           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8483         }
8484         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8485           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8486         return;
8487       }
8488 
8489       Visit(E);
8490     }
8491 
8492     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8493     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8494     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8495       if (isReferenceType)
8496         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8497     }
8498 
8499     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8500       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8501         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8502         return;
8503       }
8504 
8505       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8506     }
8507 
8508     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8509       if (isInitList) {
8510         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8511           return;
8512       }
8513 
8514       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8515       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8516 
8517       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8518       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8519       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8520       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8521       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8522       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8523         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8524           Warn = false;
8525         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8526       }
8527 
8528       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8529         if (Warn)
8530           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8531         return;
8532       }
8533 
8534       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8535       // Visit that expression.
8536       Visit(Base);
8537     }
8538 
8539     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8540       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8541 
8542       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8543         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8544 
8545       Visit(Callee);
8546       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8547         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8548     }
8549 
8550     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8551       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8552       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8553           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8554         if (!isPODType)
8555           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8556         return;
8557       }
8558 
8559       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8560         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8561         return;
8562       }
8563 
8564       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8565     }
8566 
8567     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8568 
8569     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8570       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8571         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8572         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8573           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8574             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8575         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8576           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8577             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8578         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8579         return;
8580       }
8581       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8582     }
8583 
8584     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8585       // Treat std::move as a use.
8586       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8587         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8588           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8589               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8590             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8591             return;
8592           }
8593         }
8594       }
8595 
8596       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8597     }
8598 
8599     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8600       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8601         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8602         Visit(E->getRHS());
8603         return;
8604       }
8605 
8606       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8607     }
8608 
8609     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8610     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8611     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8612     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8613       Visit(E->getCond());
8614       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8615     }
8616 
8617     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8618       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8619       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8620       unsigned diag;
8621       if (isReferenceType) {
8622         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8623       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8624         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8625       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8626                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8627                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8628         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8629       } else {
8630         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8631         return;
8632       }
8633 
8634       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8635                             S.PDiag(diag)
8636                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8637                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8638                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8639     }
8640   };
8641 
8642   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8643   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8644                                  bool DirectInit) {
8645     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8646     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8647     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8648       return;
8649 
8650     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8651 
8652     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8653     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8654     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8655       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8656         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8657           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8658             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8659               return;
8660 
8661     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8662   }
8663 }
8664 
8665 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8666 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8667 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8668 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8669                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8670   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8671   // the initializer.
8672   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8673     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init);
8674     return;
8675   }
8676 
8677   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8678     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8679     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8680     // Thus this grotesque test.
8681     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8682     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8683         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8684       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8685     else {
8686       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8687         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8688       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8689     }
8690     return;
8691   }
8692 
8693   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8694   if (!VDecl) {
8695     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8696     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8697     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8698     return;
8699   }
8700   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8701 
8702   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8703   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8704     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
8705     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
8706     // TypoExpr.
8707     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init);
8708     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
8709       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8710       return;
8711     }
8712     if (Res.get() != Init) {
8713       Init = Res.get();
8714       if (CXXDirectInit)
8715         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8716     }
8717 
8718     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8719     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8720     // contains exactly one expression.
8721     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8722       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8723         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8724         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8725         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8726              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8727                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8728           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8729           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8730         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8731         return;
8732       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8733         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8734              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8735                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8736                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8737           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8738           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8739         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8740         return;
8741       } else {
8742         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8743         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8744           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8745                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8746             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8747             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8748       }
8749     }
8750 
8751     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8752     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8753     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8754         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8755       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8756       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8757         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8758         return;
8759       }
8760       Init = Result.get();
8761       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8762     }
8763 
8764     QualType DeducedType;
8765     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8766             DAR_Failed)
8767       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8768     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8769       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8770       return;
8771     }
8772     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8773     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8774 
8775     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8776     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8777       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8778 
8779     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8780     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8781     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8782     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8783     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8784         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8785       SourceLocation Loc =
8786           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8787       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8788         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8789     }
8790 
8791     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8792     // the previously declared type.
8793     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8794       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8795       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8796       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8797     }
8798 
8799     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8800     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8801     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8802       return;
8803 
8804     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
8805     // we implement N3922.
8806     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
8807       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
8808            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
8809         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
8810     }
8811   }
8812 
8813   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8814   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8815     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8816     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8817     return;
8818   }
8819 
8820   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8821     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8822     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8823     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8824     return;
8825   }
8826 
8827   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8828     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8829     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8830     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8831     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8832     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8833       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8834     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8835                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8836       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8837       return;
8838     }
8839 
8840     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8841     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8842                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8843                                AbstractVariableType))
8844       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8845   }
8846 
8847   const VarDecl *Def;
8848   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8849     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8850       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8851     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8852     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8853     return;
8854   }
8855 
8856   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8857   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8858     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8859     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8860     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8861     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8862     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8863     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8864     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8865     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8866     //
8867     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8868     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8869     // declaration with an initializer.
8870     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8871       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8872           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8873       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8874       return;
8875     }
8876 
8877     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8878       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8879 
8880     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8881       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8882       return;
8883     }
8884   }
8885 
8886   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8887   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8888   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8889     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8890     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8891     return;
8892   }
8893 
8894   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8895   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8896   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8897 
8898   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8899   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8900   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8901       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8902     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8903     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8904       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8905       return;
8906     }
8907     Init = Result.get();
8908   }
8909 
8910   // Perform the initialization.
8911   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8912     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8913     InitializationKind Kind
8914       = DirectInit ?
8915           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8916                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8917                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8918                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8919                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8920                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8921                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8922 
8923     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8924     if (CXXDirectInit)
8925       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8926                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8927 
8928     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
8929     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
8930       ExprResult Res =
8931           CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[Idx], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
8932             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
8933             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
8934           });
8935       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
8936         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8937       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
8938         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
8939       }
8940     }
8941     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8942       return;
8943 
8944     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8945     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8946     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8947       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8948       return;
8949     }
8950 
8951     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8952   }
8953 
8954   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8955   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8956   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8957   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8958       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8959     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8960   }
8961 
8962   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8963   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8964   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8965   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8966   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8967     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8968 
8969   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8970     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8971 
8972     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8973       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8974 
8975     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8976     // Although this code can still have problems:
8977     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8978     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8979     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8980     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8981     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8982     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8983         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8984                          Init->getLocStart()))
8985         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8986   }
8987 
8988   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8989   //
8990   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8991   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8992   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8993   //
8994   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8995   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8996   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8997   //
8998   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8999   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9000                                           false,
9001                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9002   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9003     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9004     return;
9005   }
9006   Init = Result.get();
9007 
9008   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9009   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9010 
9011   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9012     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9013     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9014     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9015     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9016       const Expr *Culprit;
9017       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9018         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9019       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9020       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9021       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9022       // constant expressions.
9023       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9024                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9025                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9026         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9027              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9028           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9029     }
9030   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9031              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9032     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9033     //
9034     // struct S {
9035     //   static const int value = 17;
9036     // };
9037 
9038     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9039     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9040     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9041     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9042     //
9043     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9044     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9045     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9046     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9047     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9048     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9049     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9050     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9051     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9052 
9053     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9054     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9055 
9056     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9057     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9058     // type.
9059     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9060 
9061     // Require constness.
9062     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9063       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9064         << Init->getSourceRange();
9065       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9066 
9067     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9068     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9069       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9070       SourceLocation Loc;
9071       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9072         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9073         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9074         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9075       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9076         ; // Nothing to check.
9077       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9078         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9079       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9080         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9081         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9082         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9083           << Init->getSourceRange();
9084       } else {
9085         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9086         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9087         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9088           << Init->getSourceRange();
9089         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9090       }
9091 
9092     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9093     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9094       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9095       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9096       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9097         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9098              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9099             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9100         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9101              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9102             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9103       } else {
9104         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9105           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9106 
9107         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9108           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9109             << Init->getSourceRange();
9110           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9111         }
9112       }
9113 
9114     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9115     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9116       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9117         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9118         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9119       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9120 
9121     } else {
9122       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9123         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9124       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9125     }
9126   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9127     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9128         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9129          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9130            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9131         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9132       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9133 
9134     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9135     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9136       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9137   }
9138 
9139   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9140   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9141   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9142   //
9143   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9144   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9145   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9146   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9147   // special case code.
9148 
9149   // C++ 8.5p11:
9150   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9151   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9152   // class type.
9153   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9154     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9155     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9156   } else if (DirectInit) {
9157     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9158     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9159   }
9160 
9161   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9162 }
9163 
9164 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9165 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9166 /// of sanity.
9167 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9168   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9169   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9170   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9171 
9172   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9173   if (!VD) return;
9174 
9175   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9176   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9177     D->setInvalidDecl();
9178     return;
9179   }
9180 
9181   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9182   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9183 
9184   // Require a complete type.
9185   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9186                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9187                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9188     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9189     return;
9190   }
9191 
9192   // Require a non-abstract type.
9193   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9194                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9195                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9196     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9197     return;
9198   }
9199 
9200   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9201   // though.
9202 }
9203 
9204 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9205                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9206   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9207   if (!RealDecl)
9208     return;
9209 
9210   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9211     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9212 
9213     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9214     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9215       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9216         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9217       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9218       return;
9219     }
9220 
9221     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9222     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9223     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9224     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9225     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9226     // member.
9227     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9228       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9229         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9230              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9231           << Var->getDeclName();
9232       else
9233         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9234       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9235       return;
9236     }
9237 
9238     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9239     // be initialized.
9240     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9241         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9242         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9243       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9244       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9245       return;
9246     }
9247 
9248     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9249     case VarDecl::Definition:
9250       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9251         break;
9252 
9253       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9254       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9255       // a declaration.
9256       //
9257       // Fall through
9258 
9259     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9260       // It's only a declaration.
9261 
9262       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9263       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9264       // object shall be complete.
9265       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9266           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9267           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9268                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9269         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9270 
9271       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9272       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9273           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9274                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9275                                  AbstractVariableType))
9276         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9277       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9278           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9279         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9280         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9281       }
9282 
9283       return;
9284 
9285     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9286       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9287       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9288       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9289       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9290       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9291       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9292         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9293                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9294           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9295                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9296                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9297             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9298         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9299           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9300           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9301           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9302           // NOTE: code such as the following
9303           //     static struct s;
9304           //     struct s { int a; };
9305           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9306           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9307           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9308           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9309             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9310                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9311         }
9312       }
9313 
9314       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9315       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9316         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9317       return;
9318     }
9319 
9320     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9321     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9322     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9323       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9324            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9325       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9326       return;
9327     }
9328 
9329     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9330     // definitions with reference type.
9331     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9332       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9333         << Var->getDeclName()
9334         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9335       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9336       return;
9337     }
9338 
9339     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9340     // variable with dependent type.
9341     if (Type->isDependentType())
9342       return;
9343 
9344     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9345       return;
9346 
9347     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9348       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9349                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9350                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9351         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9352         return;
9353       }
9354     } else {
9355       return;
9356     }
9357 
9358     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9359     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9360                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9361                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9362       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9363       return;
9364     }
9365 
9366     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9367     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9368     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9369     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9370     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9371     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9372     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9373     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9374     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9375     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9376     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9377       if (const RecordType *Record
9378             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9379         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9380         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9381         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9382         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9383         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9384           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9385       }
9386     }
9387 
9388     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9389     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9390     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9391     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9392     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9393     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9394     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9395     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9396     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9397     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9398     //   program is ill-formed.
9399     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9400     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9401     //   default-initialized; [...].
9402     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9403     InitializationKind Kind
9404       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9405 
9406     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9407     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9408     if (Init.isInvalid())
9409       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9410     else if (Init.get()) {
9411       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9412       // This is important for template substitution.
9413       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9414     }
9415 
9416     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9417   }
9418 }
9419 
9420 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9421   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9422   if (!VD) {
9423     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9424     D->setInvalidDecl();
9425     return;
9426   }
9427 
9428   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9429 
9430   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9431   int Error = -1;
9432   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9433   case SC_None:
9434     break;
9435   case SC_Extern:
9436     Error = 0;
9437     break;
9438   case SC_Static:
9439     Error = 1;
9440     break;
9441   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9442     Error = 2;
9443     break;
9444   case SC_Auto:
9445     Error = 3;
9446     break;
9447   case SC_Register:
9448     Error = 4;
9449     break;
9450   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9451     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9452   }
9453   if (Error != -1) {
9454     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9455       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9456     D->setInvalidDecl();
9457   }
9458 }
9459 
9460 StmtResult
9461 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9462                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9463                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9464                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9465   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9466   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9467   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9468   //   is equivalent to
9469   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9470   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9471 
9472   const char *PrevSpec;
9473   unsigned DiagID;
9474   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9475                      getPrintingPolicy());
9476 
9477   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9478   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9479   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9480 
9481   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9482   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9483                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9484   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9485   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9486   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9487   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9488                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9489 }
9490 
9491 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9492   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9493 
9494   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9495   // local retaining variable.
9496   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9497       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9498     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9499     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9500     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9501     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9502       break;
9503 
9504     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9505     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9506       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9507       break;
9508     }
9509   }
9510 
9511   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9512   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9513   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9514   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9515   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9516   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9517       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9518       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9519       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9520                                   var->getLocation())) {
9521     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9522     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9523     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9524       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9525 
9526     if (!prev)
9527       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9528   }
9529 
9530   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9531     const Expr *Culprit;
9532     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9533       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9534       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9535       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9536       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9537       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9538         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9539     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9540                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9541                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9542       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9543       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9544       //   initialization.
9545       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9546       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9547         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9548       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9549         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9550     }
9551 
9552   }
9553 
9554   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9555   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9556   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9557       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9558     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9559     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9560     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9561       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9562     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9563       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9564       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9565     } else {
9566       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9567       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9568     }
9569     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9570       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9571           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9572           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9573     }
9574     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9575       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9576         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9577 
9578     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9579     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9580     // attribute.
9581     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9582       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9583                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9584   }
9585 
9586   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9587   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9588 
9589   QualType type = var->getType();
9590   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9591 
9592   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9593   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9594     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9595     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9596 
9597     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9598     // constructing this copy.
9599     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9600       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9601       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9602       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9603       ExprResult result
9604         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9605             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9606             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9607       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9608         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9609         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9610         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9611       }
9612     }
9613   }
9614 
9615   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9616   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9617   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9618 
9619   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9620       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9621     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9622         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9623                                     var->getLocation())) {
9624       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9625       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9626       // warned about them.
9627       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9628       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9629           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9630         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9631           << Init->getSourceRange();
9632     }
9633 
9634     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9635       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9636       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9637         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9638         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9639         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9640         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9641               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9642           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9643           Notes.clear();
9644         }
9645         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9646           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9647         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9648           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9649       }
9650     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9651       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9652       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9653       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9654       var->checkInitIsICE();
9655     }
9656   }
9657 
9658   // Require the destructor.
9659   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9660     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9661 }
9662 
9663 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9664 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9665 void
9666 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9667   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9668   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9669 
9670   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9671   if (!VD)
9672     return;
9673 
9674   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9675 
9676   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9677   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9678     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9679             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9680       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9681         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9682         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9683         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9684       }
9685     }
9686   }
9687 
9688   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9689   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9690 
9691   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9692   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9693     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9694         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9695       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9696       // with a warning.
9697       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9698         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9699       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9700           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9701           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9702 
9703       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9704            IsClassTemplateMember
9705                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9706                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9707       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9708       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9709         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9710     }
9711   }
9712 
9713   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9714   // isn't exported with the variable.
9715   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9716     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9717                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9718     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9719   }
9720 
9721   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9722     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9723       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9724       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9725     }
9726   }
9727 
9728   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9729   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9730   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9731   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9732     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9733 
9734   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9735   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9736       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9737     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9738 
9739   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9740   // tag values.
9741   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9742       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9743     return;
9744 
9745   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9746     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9747     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9748       continue;
9749     }
9750     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9751     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9752       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9753            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9754         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9755       continue;
9756     }
9757     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9758       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9759            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9760         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9761       continue;
9762     }
9763     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9764     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9765                                MagicValue,
9766                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9767                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9768                                I->getMustBeNull());
9769   }
9770 }
9771 
9772 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9773                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9774   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9775 
9776   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9777     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9778 
9779   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9780   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9781     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9782       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9783         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9784           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9785       Decls.push_back(D);
9786     }
9787 
9788   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9789     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9790       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
9791       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9792         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9793     }
9794   }
9795 
9796   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9797 }
9798 
9799 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9800 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9801 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9802 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9803                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9804   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9805   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9806   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9807   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9808   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9809   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9810   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9811   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9812     QualType Deduced;
9813     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9814     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9815     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9816       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9817         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9818         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9819         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9820           break;
9821         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9822         if (!U.isNull()) {
9823           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9824           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9825             Deduced = U;
9826             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9827             DeducedDecl = D;
9828           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9829             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9830                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9831               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9832               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9833               << U << D->getDeclName()
9834               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9835               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9836             D->setInvalidDecl();
9837             break;
9838           }
9839         }
9840       }
9841     }
9842   }
9843 
9844   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9845 
9846   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9847       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9848 }
9849 
9850 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9851   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9852 }
9853 
9854 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9855   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9856   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9857     return;
9858 
9859   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9860                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
9861       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
9862                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
9863     return;
9864 
9865   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9866     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9867     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9868     // additional declaration references:
9869     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9870     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9871     //   'struct S *pS;'
9872     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9873     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9874     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9875       Group = Group.slice(1);
9876     }
9877   }
9878 
9879   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9880   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9881   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9882       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9883     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9884     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9885     //
9886     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9887     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9888     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9889     // ahead through comments.
9890     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9891       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9892   }
9893 }
9894 
9895 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9896 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9897 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9898   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9899 
9900   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9901 
9902   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9903   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
9904   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9905     SC = SC_Register;
9906   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9907              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9908     SC = SC_Auto;
9909   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9910     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9911          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9912     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9913   }
9914 
9915   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9916     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9917       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9918   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9919     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9920       << 0;
9921 
9922   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9923 
9924   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9925   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9926 
9927   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9928     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9929     // parameter.
9930     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9931 
9932     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9933     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9934       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9935         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9936       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9937     }
9938   }
9939 
9940   // Ensure we have a valid name
9941   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9942   if (D.hasName()) {
9943     II = D.getIdentifier();
9944     if (!II) {
9945       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9946         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9947       D.setInvalidType(true);
9948     }
9949   }
9950 
9951   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9952   if (II) {
9953     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9954                    ForRedeclaration);
9955     LookupName(R, S);
9956     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9957       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9958       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9959         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9960         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9961         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9962         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9963       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9964         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9965         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9966 
9967         // Recover by removing the name
9968         II = nullptr;
9969         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9970         D.setInvalidType(true);
9971       }
9972     }
9973   }
9974 
9975   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9976   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9977   // looking like class members in C++.
9978   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9979                                     D.getLocStart(),
9980                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9981                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9982                                     SC);
9983 
9984   if (D.isInvalidType())
9985     New->setInvalidDecl();
9986 
9987   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9988   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9989   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9990                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9991 
9992   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9993   S->AddDecl(New);
9994   if (II)
9995     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9996 
9997   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9998 
9999   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10000     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10001       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10002       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10003       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10004 
10005   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10006     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10007   }
10008   return New;
10009 }
10010 
10011 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10012 /// typedef.
10013 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10014                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10015                                               QualType T) {
10016   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10017      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10018      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10019   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10020                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10021                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10022   Param->setImplicit();
10023   return Param;
10024 }
10025 
10026 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10027                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10028   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10029   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10030   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10031     return;
10032 
10033   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10034     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10035         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10036       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10037         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10038     }
10039   }
10040 }
10041 
10042 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10043                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10044                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10045                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10046   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10047     return;
10048 
10049   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10050   // threshold.
10051   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10052     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10053     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10054       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10055           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10056   }
10057 
10058   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10059   // threshold.
10060   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10061     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10062     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10063       continue;
10064     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10065     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10066       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10067           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10068   }
10069 }
10070 
10071 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10072                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10073                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10074                                   StorageClass SC) {
10075   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10076   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10077       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10078       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10079 
10080     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10081 
10082     // Special cases for arrays:
10083     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10084     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10085     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10086       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10087         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10088             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10089             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10090       }
10091       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10092     } else {
10093       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10094     }
10095     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10096   }
10097 
10098   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10099                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10100                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10101 
10102   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10103   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10104   // the class has been completely parsed.
10105   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10106       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10107                              AbstractParamType))
10108     New->setInvalidDecl();
10109 
10110   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10111   // passed by reference.
10112   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10113     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10114     Diag(NameLoc,
10115          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10116       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10117     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10118     New->setType(T);
10119   }
10120 
10121   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10122   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10123   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10124   // an address space.
10125   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10126     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10127     // to be qualified with an address space.
10128     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10129       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10130       New->setInvalidDecl();
10131     }
10132   }
10133 
10134   return New;
10135 }
10136 
10137 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10138                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10139   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10140 
10141   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10142   // for a K&R function.
10143   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10144     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10145       --i;
10146       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10147         SmallString<256> Code;
10148         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10149             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10150         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10151             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10152             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10153 
10154         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10155         // type.
10156         AttributeFactory attrs;
10157         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10158         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10159         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10160         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10161                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10162         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10163         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10164         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10165         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10166         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10167         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10168       }
10169     }
10170   }
10171 }
10172 
10173 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10174   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10175   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10176   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10177 
10178   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10179   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10180   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10181 }
10182 
10183 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10184   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10185 }
10186 
10187 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10188                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10189   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10190   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10191     return false;
10192 
10193   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10194   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10195     return false;
10196 
10197   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10198   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10199     return false;
10200 
10201   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10202   if (FD->isMain())
10203     return false;
10204 
10205   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10206   if (FD->isInlined())
10207     return false;
10208 
10209   // Don't warn about function templates.
10210   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10211     return false;
10212 
10213   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10214   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10215     return false;
10216 
10217   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10218   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10219     return false;
10220 
10221   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10222   if (FD->isDeleted())
10223     return false;
10224 
10225   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10226   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10227        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10228     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10229     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10230     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10231       continue;
10232 
10233     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10234     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10235       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10236     break;
10237   }
10238 
10239   return MissingPrototype;
10240 }
10241 
10242 void
10243 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10244                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10245   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10246   // was an extern inline function.
10247   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10248   if (!Definition)
10249     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10250       return;
10251 
10252   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10253     return;
10254 
10255   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10256       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10257     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10258         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10259   else
10260     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10261 
10262   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10263   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10264 }
10265 
10266 
10267 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10268                                    Sema &S) {
10269   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10270 
10271   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10272   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10273   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10274   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10275   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10276 
10277   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10278     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10279   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10280     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10281   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10282     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10283   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10284 
10285   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10286   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10287 
10288   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10289   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10290   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10291   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10292     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10293       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10294       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10295         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10296       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10297       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10298       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10299           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10300           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10301                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10302           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10303 
10304     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10305       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10306                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10307     } else {
10308       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10309     }
10310     ++I;
10311   }
10312 }
10313 
10314 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10315   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10316   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10317 
10318   if (!D)
10319     return D;
10320   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10321 
10322   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10323     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10324   else
10325     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10326   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10327   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10328   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10329   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10330   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10331   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10332   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10333   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10334   // have the LSI properly restored.
10335   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10336     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10337       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10338       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10339     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10340   }
10341   else
10342     // Enter a new function scope
10343     PushFunctionScope();
10344 
10345   // See if this is a redefinition.
10346   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10347     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10348 
10349   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10350   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10351     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10352         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10353       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10354       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10355     }
10356   }
10357 
10358   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10359   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10360   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10361   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10362       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10363       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10364                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10365     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10366 
10367   if (FnBodyScope)
10368     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10369 
10370   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10371   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10372                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10373 
10374   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10375   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10376     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10377 
10378     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10379     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10380       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10381 
10382       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10383     }
10384   }
10385 
10386   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10387   // introduce them into the function scope.
10388   if (FnBodyScope) {
10389     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10390              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10391              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10392          I != E; ++I) {
10393       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10394 
10395       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10396       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10397       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10398       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10399         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10400         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10401           if (DI == D) {
10402             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10403             break;
10404           }
10405         }
10406         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10407         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10408       }
10409 
10410       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10411       if (!D->getName().empty())
10412         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10413 
10414       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10415       // accessible in this scope.
10416       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10417         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10418           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10419       }
10420     }
10421   }
10422 
10423   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10424   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10425     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10426 
10427   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10428   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10429       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10430     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10431     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10432     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10433     return D;
10434   }
10435   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10436   // a function template).
10437   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10438   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10439       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10440       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10441     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10442 
10443   return D;
10444 }
10445 
10446 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10447 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10448 /// optimization.
10449 ///
10450 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10451 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10452 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10453 /// use the named return value optimization.
10454 ///
10455 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10456 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10457 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10458 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10459   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10460 
10461   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10462     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10463       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10464         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10465     }
10466   }
10467 }
10468 
10469 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10470   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10471   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10472     return false;
10473 
10474   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10475   // return type (yet).
10476   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10477     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10478     // we can still delay parsing it.
10479     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10480       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10481       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10482           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10483         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10484         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10485       }
10486     }
10487     return false;
10488   }
10489 
10490   return true;
10491 }
10492 
10493 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10494   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10495   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10496   // rest of the file.
10497   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10498   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10499   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10500     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10501       return false;
10502   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10503 }
10504 
10505 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10506   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10507     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10508   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10509     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10510   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10511 }
10512 
10513 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10514   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10515 }
10516 
10517 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10518                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10519   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10520 
10521   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10522   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10523 
10524   if (FD) {
10525     FD->setBody(Body);
10526 
10527     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10528         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10529       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10530       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10531       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10532       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10533         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10534             << FD->getReturnType();
10535         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10536       } else {
10537         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10538         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10539         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10540             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10541       }
10542     }
10543 
10544     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10545     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10546     // is the first declaration.
10547     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10548       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10549         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10550       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10551                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10552                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10553         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10554     }
10555 
10556     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10557     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10558     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10559       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10560 
10561     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10562     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10563     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10564       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10565 
10566     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10567       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10568       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10569         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10570       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10571                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10572 
10573       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10574       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10575         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10576       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10577         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10578 
10579       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10580       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10581       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10582       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10583           !FD->isDependentContext())
10584         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10585     }
10586 
10587     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10588     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10589     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10590     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10591     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10592     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10593     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10594       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10595 
10596       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10597         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10598         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10599         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10600                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10601           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10602           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10603             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10604                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10605                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10606                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10607         }
10608       }
10609     }
10610 
10611     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
10612       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
10613       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
10614           MD->isVirtual() &&
10615           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
10616           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
10617         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
10618         if (FD->isInlined() &&
10619             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
10620           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
10621 
10622           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
10623           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
10624           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
10625           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
10626           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
10627             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10628         } else {
10629           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
10630           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10631         }
10632       }
10633     }
10634 
10635     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10636            "Function parsing confused");
10637   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10638     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10639     MD->setBody(Body);
10640     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10641       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10642       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10643                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10644 
10645       if (Body)
10646         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10647     }
10648     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10649       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10650         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10651       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10652     }
10653     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10654       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10655       bool isDesignated =
10656           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10657       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10658       (void)isDesignated;
10659 
10660       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10661         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10662         if (!IFace)
10663           return false;
10664         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10665         if (!SuperD)
10666           return false;
10667         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10668             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10669       };
10670       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10671       // of NSObject.
10672       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10673         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10674              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10675         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10676              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10677       }
10678       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10679     }
10680     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10681       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10682       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10683         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10684              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10685       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10686     }
10687   } else {
10688     return nullptr;
10689   }
10690 
10691   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10692          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10693          "handled in the block above.");
10694 
10695   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10696   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
10697     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10698     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10699     // Verify this.
10700     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10701       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10702 
10703     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10704     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10705         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10706       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10707 
10708     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10709       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10710         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10711 
10712       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10713                                              Destructor->getParent());
10714     }
10715 
10716     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10717     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10718     // deletion in some later function.
10719     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10720         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10721       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10722     }
10723     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10724         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10725       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10726       // enabled.
10727       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10728     }
10729 
10730     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10731         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10732          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10733       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10734 
10735     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10736       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10737         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10738           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10739           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10740           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10741           break;
10742         }
10743       }
10744     }
10745 
10746     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
10747                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
10748            "Leftover temporaries in function");
10749     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10750     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10751            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10752   }
10753 
10754   if (!IsInstantiation)
10755     PopDeclContext();
10756 
10757   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10758   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10759   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10760   // deletion in some later function.
10761   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10762     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10763   }
10764 
10765   return dcl;
10766 }
10767 
10768 
10769 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10770 /// relevant Decl.
10771 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10772                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10773   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10774   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10775     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10776   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10777 
10778   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10779     if (Method->isStatic())
10780       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10781 }
10782 
10783 
10784 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10785 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10786 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10787                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10788   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10789   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10790   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10791   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10792   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10793     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10794     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10795     return ExternCPrev;
10796   }
10797 
10798   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10799   unsigned diag_id;
10800   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10801     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10802   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10803     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10804   else
10805     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10806   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10807 
10808   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10809   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10810   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10811     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10812     if (S &&
10813         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
10814              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
10815              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
10816       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10817                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10818   }
10819 
10820   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10821   const char *Dummy;
10822   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10823   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10824   unsigned DiagID;
10825   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10826                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10827   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10828   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10829   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10830   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10831   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10832                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10833                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10834                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10835                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10836                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10837                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10838                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10839                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10840                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10841                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10842                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10843                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10844                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10845                                              EST_None,
10846                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10847                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10848                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10849                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10850                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10851                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
10852                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10853                 DS.getAttributes(),
10854                 SourceLocation());
10855   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10856 
10857   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10858 
10859   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10860   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10861 
10862   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10863   FD->setImplicit();
10864 
10865   CurContext = PrevDC;
10866 
10867   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10868 
10869   return FD;
10870 }
10871 
10872 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10873 /// the declaration of this function.
10874 ///
10875 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10876 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10877 /// like NSLog or printf.
10878 ///
10879 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10880 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10881 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10882   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10883     return;
10884 
10885   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10886   // actual attributes.
10887   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10888     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10889     unsigned FormatIdx;
10890     bool HasVAListArg;
10891     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10892       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10893         const char *fmt = "printf";
10894         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10895         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10896             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10897           fmt = "NSString";
10898         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10899                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10900                                                FormatIdx+1,
10901                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10902                                                FD->getLocation()));
10903       }
10904     }
10905     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10906                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10907      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10908        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10909                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10910                                               FormatIdx+1,
10911                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10912                                               FD->getLocation()));
10913     }
10914 
10915     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10916     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10917     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10918     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10919         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10920       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10921         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10922     }
10923 
10924     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10925         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10926       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10927                                          FD->getLocation()));
10928     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10929       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10930     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10931       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10932   }
10933 
10934   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10935   if (!Name)
10936     return;
10937   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10938        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10939       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10940        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10941        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10942     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10943     // about.
10944   } else
10945     return;
10946 
10947   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10948     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10949     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10950     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10951       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10952                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10953                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10954                                              FD->getLocation()));
10955   }
10956 
10957   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10958     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10959     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10960     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10961       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10962                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10963   }
10964 }
10965 
10966 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10967                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10968   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10969   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10970 
10971   if (!TInfo) {
10972     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10973     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10974   }
10975 
10976   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10977   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10978                                            D.getLocStart(),
10979                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10980                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10981                                            TInfo);
10982 
10983   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10984   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10985     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10986     return NewTD;
10987   }
10988 
10989   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10990     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10991       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10992         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10993         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10994         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10995     else
10996       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10997   }
10998 
10999   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11000   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11001   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11002   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11003   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11004   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11005   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11006   case TST_enum:
11007   case TST_struct:
11008   case TST_interface:
11009   case TST_union:
11010   case TST_class: {
11011     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11012     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11013     break;
11014   }
11015 
11016   default:
11017     break;
11018   }
11019 
11020   return NewTD;
11021 }
11022 
11023 
11024 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11025 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11026   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11027   QualType T = TI->getType();
11028 
11029   if (T->isDependentType())
11030     return false;
11031 
11032   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11033     if (BT->isInteger())
11034       return false;
11035 
11036   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11037   return true;
11038 }
11039 
11040 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11041 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11042 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
11043                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11044                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11045   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11046 
11047   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11048     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11049       << Prev->isScoped();
11050     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11051     return true;
11052   }
11053 
11054   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11055     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11056         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11057         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11058                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11059       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11060       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11061         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11062       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11063           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11064       return true;
11065     }
11066   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11067     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11068       << Prev->isFixed();
11069     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11070     return true;
11071   }
11072 
11073   return false;
11074 }
11075 
11076 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11077 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11078 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11079 ///
11080 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11081 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11082   switch (Tag) {
11083   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11084   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11085   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11086   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11087   }
11088 }
11089 
11090 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11091 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11092 ///
11093 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11094 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11095 {
11096   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11097 }
11098 
11099 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11100 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11101 ///
11102 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11103 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11104                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11105                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11106                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
11107   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11108   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11109   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11110   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11111   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11112   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11113   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11114   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11115   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11116   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11117   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11118   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11119   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11120   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11121   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11122     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11123       return true;
11124 
11125   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11126     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11127     bool isTemplate = false;
11128     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11129       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11130 
11131     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11132       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11133       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11134       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11135         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11136         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11137       return true;
11138     }
11139 
11140     if (isDefinition) {
11141       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11142       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11143       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11144         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11145         return true;
11146       }
11147 
11148       bool previousMismatch = false;
11149       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11150         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11151           if (!previousMismatch) {
11152             previousMismatch = true;
11153             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11154               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11155               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11156           }
11157           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11158             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11159             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11160                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11161         }
11162       }
11163       return true;
11164     }
11165 
11166     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11167     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11168     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11169     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11170                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11171     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11172       return true;
11173     }
11174 
11175     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11176       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11177       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11178     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11179 
11180     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11181     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11182         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11183           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11184           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11185                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11186     }
11187 
11188     return true;
11189   }
11190   return false;
11191 }
11192 
11193 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11194 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11195 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11196 ///   namespace N {
11197 ///     struct X;
11198 ///     namespace M {
11199 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11200 ///     }
11201 ///   }
11202 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11203                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11204   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11205   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11206   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11207   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11208   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11209   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11210     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11211     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11212     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11213     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11214       return FixItHint();
11215     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11216     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11217     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11218         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11219     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11220       break;
11221   }
11222 
11223   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11224   // build an NNS.
11225   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11226   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11227   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11228     OS << "::";
11229   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11230   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11231     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11232   OS.flush();
11233   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11234 }
11235 
11236 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11237 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11238 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11239 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11240 ///
11241 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
11242 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11243 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11244                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11245                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11246                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11247                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11248                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11249                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11250                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11251                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11252                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11253                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
11254   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11255   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11256   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11257          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11258   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11259 
11260   OwnedDecl = false;
11261   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11262   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11263 
11264   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11265   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11266   bool Invalid = false;
11267 
11268   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11269   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11270   // for non-C++ cases.
11271   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11272       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11273     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11274             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11275                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11276                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11277       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11278         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11279         return nullptr;
11280       }
11281 
11282       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11283         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11284         // be a member of another template).
11285 
11286         if (Invalid)
11287           return nullptr;
11288 
11289         OwnedDecl = false;
11290         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11291                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11292                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11293                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11294                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11295                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11296                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
11297         return Result.get();
11298       } else {
11299         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11300         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11301           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11302         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11303       }
11304     }
11305   }
11306 
11307   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11308   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11309   // redeclaration.
11310   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11311 
11312   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11313     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11314       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11315       // type, default to int.
11316       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11317     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11318       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11319       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11320       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11321       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11322       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11323 
11324       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11325         // Recover by falling back to int.
11326         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11327 
11328       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11329                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11330         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11331 
11332     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11333       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11334       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11335   }
11336 
11337   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11338   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11339   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11340 
11341   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11342   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11343     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11344 
11345   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11346   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11347     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11348 
11349     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11350     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11351       Name = nullptr;
11352       goto CreateNewDecl;
11353     }
11354 
11355     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11356     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11357     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11358       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11359       if (!DC) {
11360         IsDependent = true;
11361         return nullptr;
11362       }
11363     } else {
11364       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11365       if (!DC) {
11366         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11367           << SS.getRange();
11368         return nullptr;
11369       }
11370     }
11371 
11372     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11373       return nullptr;
11374 
11375     SearchDC = DC;
11376     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11377     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11378 
11379     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11380       return nullptr;
11381 
11382     if (Previous.empty()) {
11383       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11384       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11385       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11386       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11387       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11388       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11389       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11390           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11391         IsDependent = true;
11392         return nullptr;
11393       }
11394 
11395       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11396       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11397         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11398       Name = nullptr;
11399       Invalid = true;
11400       goto CreateNewDecl;
11401     }
11402   } else if (Name) {
11403     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11404     // declaration or definition.
11405     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11406     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11407     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11408     LookupName(Previous, S);
11409 
11410     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11411     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11412     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11413         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11414       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11415       while (F.hasNext()) {
11416         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11417         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11418           F.erase();
11419       }
11420       F.done();
11421     }
11422 
11423     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11424     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11425     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11426     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11427     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11428     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11429     //
11430     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11431     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11432     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11433     //
11434     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11435     // semantic context?
11436     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11437       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11438       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11439       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11440       while (F.hasNext()) {
11441         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11442         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11443         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11444             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11445           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11446             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11447           else
11448             F.erase();
11449         }
11450       }
11451       F.done();
11452 
11453       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11454       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11455       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11456         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11457         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11458             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11459       }
11460     }
11461 
11462     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11463     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11464       return nullptr;
11465 
11466     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11467       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11468       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11469       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11470       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11471       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11472         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11473     }
11474   }
11475 
11476   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11477       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11478     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11479     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11480     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11481     Previous.clear();
11482   }
11483 
11484   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11485       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11486     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11487     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11488 
11489     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11490       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11491       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11492       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11493       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11494     }
11495   }
11496 
11497   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11498   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11499   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11500   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11501   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11502       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11503     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11504     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11505 
11506     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11507       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11508       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11509       //
11510       //          class-key identifier
11511       //
11512       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11513       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11514       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11515       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11516       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11517       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11518       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11519       //      declaration.
11520       //
11521       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11522       // C structs and unions.
11523       //
11524       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11525       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11526       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11527       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11528       //
11529       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11530       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11531       //
11532       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11533       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11534       // lexical context,
11535       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11536         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11537 
11538       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11539       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11540              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11541               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11542              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11543              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11544         S = S->getParent();
11545     } else {
11546       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11547       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11548       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11549       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11550       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11551       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11552     }
11553 
11554     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11555     // diagnose some problems.
11556     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11557       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11558       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11559     }
11560   }
11561 
11562   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11563     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11564     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11565         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11566 
11567     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11568     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11569     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11570     // in C++.
11571     //
11572     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11573     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11574     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11575     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11576     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11577       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11578         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11579           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11580           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11581               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11582                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11583             PrevDecl = Tag;
11584             Previous.clear();
11585             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11586             Previous.resolveKind();
11587           }
11588         }
11589       }
11590     }
11591 
11592     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11593       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11594       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11595       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11596       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11597           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11598                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11599         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11600         // struct or something similar.
11601         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11602                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11603                                           *Name)) {
11604           bool SafeToContinue
11605             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11606                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11607           if (SafeToContinue)
11608             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11609               << Name
11610               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11611                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11612           else
11613             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11614           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11615 
11616           if (SafeToContinue)
11617             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11618           else {
11619             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11620             Name = nullptr;
11621             Previous.clear();
11622             Invalid = true;
11623           }
11624         }
11625 
11626         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11627           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11628 
11629           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11630           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11631           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11632             if (ScopedEnum)
11633               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11634                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11635                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11636             return PrevTagDecl;
11637           }
11638 
11639           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11640           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11641             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11642           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11643             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11644 
11645           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11646           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11647           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11648           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11649                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11650             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11651         }
11652 
11653         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11654         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11655         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11656         //   and then later defined.
11657         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11658             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11659           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11660           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11661         }
11662 
11663         if (!Invalid) {
11664           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11665           // we have attributes.
11666 
11667           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11668           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11669           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11670           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11671           if (!Attr &&
11672               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11673                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11674                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11675             return PrevTagDecl;
11676 
11677           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11678           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11679             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11680               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11681               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11682               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11683               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11684               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11685                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11686                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11687                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11688                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11689                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11690                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11691                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11692                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11693               }
11694 
11695               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11696                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11697                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11698                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11699                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11700                 else
11701                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11702                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11703                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11704                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11705                 // references get the previous definition.
11706                 Name = nullptr;
11707                 Previous.clear();
11708                 Invalid = true;
11709               }
11710             } else {
11711               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11712               // about a nested redefinition.
11713               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
11714               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
11715                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11716                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11717                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11718                 Name = nullptr;
11719                 Previous.clear();
11720                 Invalid = true;
11721               }
11722             }
11723 
11724             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11725             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11726           }
11727 
11728           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11729           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11730           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11731           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11732             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11733             AS = AS_none;
11734           }
11735         }
11736         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11737         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11738 
11739       } else {
11740         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11741         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11742         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11743         // have distinct types.
11744         Previous.clear();
11745       }
11746       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11747       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11748       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11749 
11750 
11751     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11752     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11753     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11754     } else {
11755       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11756       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11757       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11758       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11759           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11760         unsigned Kind = 0;
11761         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11762         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11763         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11764         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11765         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11766         Invalid = true;
11767 
11768       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11769       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11770                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11771         // do nothing
11772 
11773       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11774       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11775         unsigned Kind = 0;
11776         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11777         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11778         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11779         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11780         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11781         Invalid = true;
11782 
11783       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11784       // case here.
11785       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11786         unsigned Kind = 0;
11787         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11788         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11789           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11790         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11791         Invalid = true;
11792 
11793       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11794       } else {
11795         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11796         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11797         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11798         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11799         Name = nullptr;
11800         Invalid = true;
11801       }
11802 
11803       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11804       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11805       Previous.clear();
11806     }
11807   }
11808 
11809 CreateNewDecl:
11810 
11811   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11812   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11813     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11814 
11815   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11816   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11817   // keyword.
11818   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11819 
11820   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11821   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11822   // PrevDecl.
11823   TagDecl *New;
11824 
11825   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11826   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11827     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11828     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11829     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11830                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11831                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11832     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11833     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11834       TagDecl *Def;
11835       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11836           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11837         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11838         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11839       }
11840       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11841         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11842           << New;
11843         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11844       } else {
11845         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11846         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11847           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11848         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11849           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11850         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11851 
11852         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11853         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11854         // the declaration context.
11855         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11856           IsForwardReference = true;
11857       }
11858     }
11859 
11860     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11861       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11862       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11863         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11864       else
11865         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11866       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11867     }
11868 
11869   } else {
11870     // struct/union/class
11871 
11872     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11873     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11874     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11875       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11876       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11877                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11878 
11879       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11880         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11881     } else
11882       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11883                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11884   }
11885 
11886   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11887   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11888   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11889     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11890       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11891     Invalid = true;
11892   }
11893 
11894   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11895   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11896     if (SS.isSet()) {
11897       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11898       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11899       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11900       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11901       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11902       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11903           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11904           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
11905         Invalid = true;
11906 
11907       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11908       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11909         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11910                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11911                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11912       }
11913     }
11914     else
11915       Invalid = true;
11916   }
11917 
11918   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11919     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11920     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11921     //
11922     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11923     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11924     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11925     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11926     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11927     // parsing of the struct).
11928     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11929       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11930       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11931     }
11932   }
11933 
11934   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11935     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11936       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11937         << 2
11938         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11939     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11940     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11941     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11942     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11943       New->setModulePrivate();
11944   }
11945 
11946   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11947   // check the specialization.
11948   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11949     Invalid = true;
11950 
11951   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11952   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11953   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11954   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11955       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11956     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11957       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11958       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11959       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11960         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11961             << Name;
11962         Invalid = true;
11963       }
11964     } else {
11965       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11966     }
11967     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11968   }
11969 
11970   if (Invalid)
11971     New->setInvalidDecl();
11972 
11973   if (Attr)
11974     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11975 
11976   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11977   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11978   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11979 
11980   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11981   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11982   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11983   // the tag name visible.
11984   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11985     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11986 
11987   // Set the access specifier.
11988   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11989     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11990 
11991   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11992     New->startDefinition();
11993 
11994   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11995   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11996     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11997     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11998     if (PrevDecl)
11999       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12000 
12001     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12002     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12003     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12004       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12005         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12006   } else if (Name) {
12007     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12008     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12009     if (IsForwardReference)
12010       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12011 
12012   } else {
12013     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12014   }
12015 
12016   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12017   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12018     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12019         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12020         II->isStr("FILE"))
12021       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12022 
12023   if (PrevDecl)
12024     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12025 
12026   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12027   // record.
12028   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12029 
12030   OwnedDecl = true;
12031   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12032   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12033   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12034 }
12035 
12036 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12037   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12038   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12039 
12040   // Enter the tag context.
12041   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12042 
12043   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12044 
12045   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12046   // record.
12047   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12048 }
12049 
12050 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12051   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12052          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12053   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12054   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12055       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12056   CurContext = OCD;
12057   return IDecl;
12058 }
12059 
12060 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12061                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12062                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12063                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12064   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12065   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12066 
12067   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12068 
12069   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12070     return;
12071 
12072   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12073     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12074                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12075 
12076   // C++ [class]p2:
12077   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12078   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12079   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12080   //   as if it were a public member name.
12081   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12082     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12083                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12084                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12085                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12086                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12087   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12088   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12089   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12090   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12091       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12092   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12093   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12094          "Broken injected-class-name");
12095 }
12096 
12097 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12098                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12099   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12100   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12101   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12102 
12103   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12104   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12105     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12106     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12107       RD->completeDefinition();
12108   }
12109 
12110   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12111     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12112 
12113   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12114   PopDeclContext();
12115 
12116   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12117       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12118     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12119 
12120   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12121   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12122     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12123 }
12124 
12125 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12126   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12127   PopDeclContext();
12128 }
12129 
12130 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12131   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12132   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12133   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12134 }
12135 
12136 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12137   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12138   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12139 }
12140 
12141 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12142   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12143   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12144   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12145 
12146   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12147   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12148     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12149       RD->completeDefinition();
12150   }
12151 
12152   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12153   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12154   // the FieldCollector.
12155 
12156   PopDeclContext();
12157 }
12158 
12159 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12160 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12161                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12162                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12163                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12164   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12165   if (ZeroWidth)
12166     *ZeroWidth = true;
12167 
12168   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12169   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12170   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12171     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12172     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12173       return ExprError();
12174     if (FieldName)
12175       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12176         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12177     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12178       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12179   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12180                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12181     return ExprError();
12182 
12183   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12184   // it now.
12185   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12186     return BitWidth;
12187 
12188   llvm::APSInt Value;
12189   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12190   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12191     return ICE;
12192   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12193 
12194   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12195     *ZeroWidth = false;
12196 
12197   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12198   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12199     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12200 
12201   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12202     if (FieldName)
12203       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12204                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12205     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12206       << Value.toString(10);
12207   }
12208 
12209   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12210     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12211     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12212       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12213           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12214         if (FieldName)
12215           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12216             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12217             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12218 
12219         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12220           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12221       }
12222 
12223       if (FieldName)
12224         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12225           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12226           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12227       else
12228         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12229           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12230     }
12231   }
12232 
12233   return BitWidth;
12234 }
12235 
12236 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12237 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12238 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12239                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12240   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12241                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12242                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12243   return Res;
12244 }
12245 
12246 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12247 ///
12248 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12249                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12250                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12251                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12252                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12253   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12254   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12255   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12256 
12257   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12258   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12259   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12260     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12261 
12262     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12263                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12264       D.setInvalidType();
12265       T = Context.IntTy;
12266       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12267     }
12268   }
12269 
12270   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12271   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12272     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12273     D.setInvalidType();
12274   }
12275 
12276   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12277   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12278   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12279     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12280     D.setInvalidType();
12281   }
12282 
12283   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12284 
12285   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12286     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12287          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12288       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12289 
12290   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12291   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12292   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12293   LookupName(Previous, S);
12294   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12295     case LookupResult::Found:
12296     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12297       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12298       break;
12299 
12300     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12301       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12302       break;
12303 
12304     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12305     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12306     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12307       break;
12308   }
12309   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12310 
12311   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12312     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12313     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12314     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12315     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12316   }
12317 
12318   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12319     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12320 
12321   bool Mutable
12322     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12323   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12324   FieldDecl *NewFD
12325     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12326                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12327 
12328   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12329     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12330 
12331   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12332     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12333 
12334   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12335     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12336     // with the same name in the same scope.
12337   } else if (II) {
12338     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12339   } else
12340     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12341 
12342   return NewFD;
12343 }
12344 
12345 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12346 ///
12347 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12348 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12349 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12350 /// created.
12351 ///
12352 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12353 ///
12354 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12355 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12356                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12357                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12358                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12359                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12360                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12361                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12362                                 Declarator *D) {
12363   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12364   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12365   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12366 
12367   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12368   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12369   if (T.isNull()) {
12370     InvalidDecl = true;
12371     T = Context.IntTy;
12372   }
12373 
12374   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12375   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12376     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12377       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12378       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12379       InvalidDecl = true;
12380     } else {
12381       NamedDecl *Def;
12382       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12383       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12384         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12385         InvalidDecl = true;
12386       }
12387     }
12388   }
12389 
12390   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12391   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12392     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12393     InvalidDecl = true;
12394   }
12395 
12396   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12397   // than a variably modified type.
12398   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12399     bool SizeIsNegative;
12400     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12401 
12402     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12403       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12404                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12405                                                     Oversized);
12406     if (FixedTInfo) {
12407       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12408       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12409       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12410     } else {
12411       if (SizeIsNegative)
12412         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12413       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12414         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12415           << Oversized.toString(10);
12416       else
12417         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12418       InvalidDecl = true;
12419     }
12420   }
12421 
12422   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12423   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12424                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12425                                              AbstractFieldType))
12426     InvalidDecl = true;
12427 
12428   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12429   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12430   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12431     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12432                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12433     if (!BitWidth) {
12434       InvalidDecl = true;
12435       BitWidth = nullptr;
12436       ZeroWidth = false;
12437     }
12438   }
12439 
12440   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12441   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12442     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12443     if (T->isReferenceType())
12444       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12445                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12446     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12447       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12448 
12449     if (DiagID) {
12450       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12451       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12452         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12453       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12454       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12455         Mutable = false;
12456         InvalidDecl = true;
12457       }
12458     }
12459   }
12460 
12461   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12462   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12463   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12464   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12465     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12466 
12467   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12468                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12469   if (InvalidDecl)
12470     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12471 
12472   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12473     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12474     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12475     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12476   }
12477 
12478   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12479     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12480       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12481         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12482         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12483           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12484           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12485           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12486           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12487           // objects.
12488           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12489             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12490         }
12491       }
12492 
12493       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12494       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12495       // enabled.
12496       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12497         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12498                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12499                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12500           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12501         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12502           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12503       }
12504     }
12505   }
12506 
12507   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12508   // representation, not a parser representation.
12509   if (D) {
12510     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12511     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12512 
12513     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12514       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12515   }
12516 
12517   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12518   // retainable type.
12519   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12520     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12521 
12522   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12523     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12524 
12525   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12526   return NewFD;
12527 }
12528 
12529 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12530   assert(FD);
12531   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12532 
12533   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12534     return false;
12535 
12536   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12537   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12538     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12539     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12540       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12541       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12542       // copy constructors.
12543 
12544       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12545       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12546       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12547       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12548       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12549       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12550       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12551         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12552       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12553         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12554       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12555         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12556       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12557         member = CXXDestructor;
12558 
12559       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12560         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12561             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12562           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12563           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12564           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12565           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12566           // members unavailable.
12567           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12568           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12569             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12570               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12571                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12572                                   Loc));
12573             return false;
12574           }
12575         }
12576 
12577         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12578                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12579                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12580           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12581         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12582         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12583       }
12584     }
12585   }
12586 
12587   return false;
12588 }
12589 
12590 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12591 ///  AST enum value.
12592 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12593 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12594   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12595   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12596   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12597   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12598   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12599   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12600   }
12601 }
12602 
12603 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12604 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12605 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12606                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12607                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12608                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12609 
12610   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12611   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12612   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12613   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12614 
12615   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12616   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12617 
12618   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12619   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12620 
12621   if (BitWidth) {
12622     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12623     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12624     if (!BitWidth)
12625       D.setInvalidType();
12626   } else {
12627     // Not a bitfield.
12628 
12629     // validate II.
12630 
12631   }
12632   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12633     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12634     D.setInvalidType();
12635   }
12636   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12637   // than a variably modified type.
12638   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12639     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12640     D.setInvalidType();
12641   }
12642 
12643   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12644   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12645     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12646                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12647   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12648   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12649   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12650     return nullptr;
12651   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12652   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12653       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12654     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12655     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12656       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12657       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12658     }
12659     else
12660       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12661   } else {
12662     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12663         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12664       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12665         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12666         return nullptr;
12667       }
12668     }
12669     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12670   }
12671 
12672   // Construct the decl.
12673   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12674                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12675                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12676 
12677   if (II) {
12678     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12679                                            ForRedeclaration);
12680     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12681         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12682       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12683       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12684       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12685     }
12686   }
12687 
12688   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12689   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12690 
12691   if (D.isInvalidType())
12692     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12693 
12694   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12695   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12696     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12697 
12698   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12699     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12700 
12701   if (II) {
12702     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12703     // these to the interface.
12704     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12705     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12706   }
12707 
12708   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12709       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12710     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12711 
12712   return NewID;
12713 }
12714 
12715 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12716 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12717 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12718 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12719 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12720                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12721   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12722     return;
12723 
12724   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12725   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12726 
12727   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12728     return;
12729   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12730   if (!ID) {
12731     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12732       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12733         return;
12734     }
12735     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12736     else
12737       return;
12738   }
12739   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12740   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12741   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12742 
12743   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12744                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12745                               Context.CharTy,
12746                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12747                                                                DeclLoc),
12748                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12749                               true);
12750   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12751 }
12752 
12753 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12754                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12755                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12756   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12757 
12758   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12759   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12760   // it will now change.
12761   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12762     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12763     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12764     default: break;
12765     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12766       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12767       break;
12768     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12769       Context.
12770         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12771       break;
12772     }
12773   }
12774 
12775   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12776 
12777   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12778   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12779   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12780   if (Record) {
12781     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12782       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12783         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12784           ++NumNamedMembers;
12785     }
12786   }
12787 
12788   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12789   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12790 
12791   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12792   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12793        i != end; ++i) {
12794     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12795 
12796     // Get the type for the field.
12797     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12798 
12799     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12800       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12801       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12802     }
12803 
12804     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12805     // diagnostics about it.
12806     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12807       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12808       continue;
12809     }
12810 
12811     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12812     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12813     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12814     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12815     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12816     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12817     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12818     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12819     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12820     //   array.
12821     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12822       // Field declared as a function.
12823       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12824         << FD->getDeclName();
12825       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12826       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12827       continue;
12828     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12829                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12830                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12831                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12832                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12833       // Flexible array member.
12834       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12835       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12836       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12837       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12838       if (Record->isUnion())
12839         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12840                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12841                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12842                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12843                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12844       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12845         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12846                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12847                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12848                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12849                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12850                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12851                                  : 0;
12852 
12853       if (DiagID)
12854         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12855                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12856       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12857       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12858       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12859       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12860       // of the type.
12861       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12862         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12863           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12864             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12865       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12866         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12867           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12868 
12869       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12870       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12871       //
12872       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12873       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12874       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12875       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12876         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12877           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12878         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12879         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12880         continue;
12881       }
12882       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12883       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12884     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12885                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12886                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12887       // Incomplete type
12888       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12889       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12890       continue;
12891     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12892       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12893         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
12894         // flexible array member.
12895         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12896         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
12897           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12898           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12899           // structures.
12900           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12901             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12902               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12903           else {
12904             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12905             // other structs as an extension.
12906             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12907               << FD->getDeclName();
12908           }
12909         }
12910       }
12911       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12912           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12913                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12914                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12915         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12916         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12917       }
12918       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12919         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12920       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12921         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12922     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12923       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12924       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12925         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12926       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12927       FD->setType(T);
12928     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12929                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12930       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12931       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12932       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12933       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12934       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12935       QualType T = FD->getType();
12936       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12937       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12938         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12939         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12940           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12941             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12942                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12943                               loc));
12944           }
12945         } else {
12946           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12947             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12948         }
12949         ARCErrReported = true;
12950       }
12951     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12952                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12953                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12954       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12955           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12956         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12957       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12958         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12959         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12960             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12961           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12962         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12963                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12964                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12965       }
12966     }
12967     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12968       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12969     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12970     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12971       ++NumNamedMembers;
12972   }
12973 
12974   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12975   if (Record) {
12976     bool Completed = false;
12977     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12978       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12979         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12980         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12981                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12982                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12983           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12984 
12985         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12986           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12987             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12988             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12989               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12990                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12991           }
12992 
12993           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12994           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12995 
12996           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12997           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12998           // problem now.
12999           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13000             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13001             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13002 
13003             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13004                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13005                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13006               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13007                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13008                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13009                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13010                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13011                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13012                   continue;
13013 
13014                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13015                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13016                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13017                 //   program is ill-formed.
13018                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13019                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13020                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13021                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13022                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13023                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13024                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13025                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13026                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13027                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13028 
13029                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13030               }
13031             }
13032             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13033             Completed = true;
13034           }
13035         }
13036       }
13037     }
13038 
13039     if (!Completed)
13040       Record->completeDefinition();
13041 
13042     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13043       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13044 
13045       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13046         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13047                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13048                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13049     }
13050 
13051     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13052     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13053     // compatibility problems.
13054     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13055     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13056       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13057     } else {
13058       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13059       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13060       CheckForZeroSize =
13061           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13062           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13063           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13064     }
13065     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13066       bool ZeroSize = true;
13067       bool IsEmpty = true;
13068       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13069       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13070                                       E = Record->field_end();
13071            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13072         IsEmpty = false;
13073         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13074           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13075             ZeroSize = false;
13076         } else {
13077           ++NonBitFields;
13078           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13079           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13080               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13081             ZeroSize = false;
13082         }
13083       }
13084 
13085       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13086       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13087       // extern "C" block.
13088       if (ZeroSize) {
13089         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13090                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13091                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13092           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13093       }
13094 
13095       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13096       // but are accepted by GCC.
13097       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13098         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13099                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13100           << Record->isUnion();
13101       }
13102     }
13103   } else {
13104     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13105       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13106     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13107       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13108       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13109       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13110         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13111         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13112       }
13113       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13114       // duplicates.
13115       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13116         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13117     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13118                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13119       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13120       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13121         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13122         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13123         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13124       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13125       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13126       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13127     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13128                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13129       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13130       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13131       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13132       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13133       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13134       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13135       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13136       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13137         if (IDecl) {
13138           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13139               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13140             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13141                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13142             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13143             continue;
13144           }
13145           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13146             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13147                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13148               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13149                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13150               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13151               continue;
13152             }
13153           }
13154         }
13155         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13156         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13157       }
13158       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13159       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13160     }
13161   }
13162 
13163   if (Attr)
13164     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13165 }
13166 
13167 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13168 /// the given type T.
13169 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13170                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13171                                         QualType T) {
13172   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13173   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13174 
13175   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13176     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13177       --BitWidth;
13178     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13179   }
13180   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13181 }
13182 
13183 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13184 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13185 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13186   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13187   // enum checking below.
13188   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13189   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13190   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13191     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13192   };
13193   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13194     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13195     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13196   };
13197 
13198   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13199   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13200                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13201   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13202     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13203       return Types[I];
13204 
13205   return QualType();
13206 }
13207 
13208 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13209                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13210                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13211                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13212                                           Expr *Val) {
13213   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13214   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13215   QualType EltTy;
13216 
13217   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13218     Val = nullptr;
13219 
13220   if (Val)
13221     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13222 
13223   if (Val) {
13224     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13225       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13226     else {
13227       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13228       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13229           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13230         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13231         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13232         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13233         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13234         ExprResult Converted =
13235           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13236                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13237         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13238           Val = nullptr;
13239         else
13240           Val = Converted.get();
13241       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13242                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13243                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13244         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13245       } else {
13246         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13247           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13248 
13249           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13250           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13251           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13252           // expression checking.
13253           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13254             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13255               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13256               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13257             } else
13258               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13259           } else
13260             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13261         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13262           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13263           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13264           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13265           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13266           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13267           EltTy = Val->getType();
13268         } else {
13269           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13270           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13271           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13272           //   representable as an int.
13273 
13274           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13275           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13276             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13277               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13278               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13279           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13280             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13281             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13282           }
13283           EltTy = Val->getType();
13284         }
13285       }
13286     }
13287   }
13288 
13289   if (!Val) {
13290     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13291       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13292     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13293       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13294       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13295       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13296       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13297       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13298       //
13299       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13300       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13301       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13302         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13303       }
13304       else {
13305         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13306       }
13307     } else {
13308       // Assign the last value + 1.
13309       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13310       ++EnumVal;
13311       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13312 
13313       // Check for overflow on increment.
13314       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13315         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13316         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13317         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13318         //
13319         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13320         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13321         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13322         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13323         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13324         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13325         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13326         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13327           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13328           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13329           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13330           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13331           ++EnumVal;
13332           if (Enum->isFixed())
13333             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13334             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13335               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13336               << EltTy;
13337           else
13338             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13339               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13340         } else {
13341           EltTy = T;
13342         }
13343 
13344         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13345         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13346         // value, then increment.
13347         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13348         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13349         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13350         ++EnumVal;
13351 
13352         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13353         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13354         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13355         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13356         // integral type.
13357         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13358           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13359       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13360                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13361         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13362         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13363           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13364       }
13365     }
13366   }
13367 
13368   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13369     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13370     // enumerator's type.
13371     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13372     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13373   }
13374 
13375   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13376                                   Val, EnumVal);
13377 }
13378 
13379 
13380 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13381                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13382                               AttributeList *Attr,
13383                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13384   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13385   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13386     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13387 
13388   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13389   // we find one that is.
13390   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13391 
13392   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13393   // scope.
13394   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13395                                          ForRedeclaration);
13396   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13397     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13398     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13399     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13400     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13401   }
13402 
13403   if (PrevDecl) {
13404     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13405     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13406     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13407            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13408     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13409       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13410         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13411       else
13412         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13413       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13414       return nullptr;
13415     }
13416   }
13417 
13418   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13419   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13420   // different from T:
13421   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13422   // enumerated type
13423   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13424                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13425                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13426     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13427         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13428       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13429 
13430   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13431     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13432 
13433   if (New) {
13434     // Process attributes.
13435     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13436 
13437     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13438     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13439     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13440   }
13441 
13442   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13443 
13444   return New;
13445 }
13446 
13447 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13448 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13449 // Element2 = Element1
13450 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13451 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13452 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13453 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13454   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13455   if (!InitExpr)
13456     return true;
13457   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13458 
13459   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13460     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13461       return true;
13462     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13463     if (!IL)
13464       return true;
13465     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13466       return true;
13467 
13468     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13469   }
13470 
13471   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13472   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13473   if (!DRE)
13474     return true;
13475 
13476   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13477   if (!EnumConstant)
13478     return true;
13479 
13480   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13481       Enum)
13482     return true;
13483 
13484   return false;
13485 }
13486 
13487 struct DupKey {
13488   int64_t val;
13489   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13490   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13491     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13492 };
13493 
13494 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13495   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13496                 false);
13497 }
13498 
13499 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13500   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13501   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13502   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13503     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13504   }
13505   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13506     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13507            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13508   }
13509 };
13510 
13511 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13512 // a previous element has already been set to.
13513 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13514                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13515                                         QualType EnumType) {
13516   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13517     return;
13518   // Avoid anonymous enums
13519   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13520     return;
13521 
13522   // Only check for small enums.
13523   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13524     return;
13525 
13526   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13527   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13528 
13529   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13530   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13531           ValueToVectorMap;
13532 
13533   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13534   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13535 
13536   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13537   // an initialier.
13538   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13539     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13540 
13541     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13542     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13543     if (!ECD) {
13544       return;
13545     }
13546 
13547     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13548       continue;
13549 
13550     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13551     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13552 
13553     // First time encountering this value.
13554     if (Entry.isNull())
13555       Entry = ECD;
13556   }
13557 
13558   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13559   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13560     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13561     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13562       continue;
13563 
13564     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13565 
13566     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13567     if (Entry.isNull())
13568       continue;
13569 
13570     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13571       // Ensure constants are different.
13572       if (D == ECD)
13573         continue;
13574 
13575       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13576       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13577       Vec->push_back(D);
13578       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13579 
13580       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13581       Entry = Vec;
13582 
13583       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13584       // diagnostics.
13585       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13586       continue;
13587     }
13588 
13589     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13590     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13591     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13592       continue;
13593 
13594     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13595   }
13596 
13597   // Emit diagnostics.
13598   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13599                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13600        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13601     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13602     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13603 
13604     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13605     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13606     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13607       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13608       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13609     ++I;
13610 
13611     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13612     // the same value.
13613     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13614       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13615         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13616         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13617     delete Vec;
13618   }
13619 }
13620 
13621 bool
13622 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
13623                         bool AllowMask) const {
13624   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13625   assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
13626 
13627   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits();
13628   unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth();
13629 
13630   // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first.
13631   llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width);
13632 
13633   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
13634   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
13635   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
13636   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
13637   //
13638   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
13639   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
13640   // likely a logic error.
13641   if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal))
13642     return true;
13643 
13644   if (AllowMask) {
13645     // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider
13646     // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums.
13647     // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the
13648     // benefit of the doubt.
13649     //
13650     // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended
13651     // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types
13652     // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't
13653     // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases,
13654     // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may
13655     // be fine just to accept this as a warning.
13656     ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth());
13657     if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal))
13658       return true;
13659   }
13660 
13661   return false;
13662 }
13663 
13664 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13665                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13666                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13667                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13668   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13669   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13670 
13671   if (Attr)
13672     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13673 
13674   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13675     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13676       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13677         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13678       if (!ECD) continue;
13679 
13680       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13681     }
13682 
13683     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13684     return;
13685   }
13686 
13687   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13688   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13689   // emit a warning.
13690   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13691   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13692   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13693 
13694   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13695   // reverse the list.
13696   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13697   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13698 
13699   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13700   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13701 
13702   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13703     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13704       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13705     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13706 
13707     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13708 
13709     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13710     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13711       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13712                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13713     else
13714       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13715                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13716 
13717     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13718     if (AllElementsInt)
13719       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13720   }
13721 
13722   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13723   QualType BestType;
13724   unsigned BestWidth;
13725 
13726   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13727   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13728   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13729   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13730   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13731   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13732   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13733   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13734   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13735   QualType BestPromotionType;
13736 
13737   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13738   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13739   // enum definitions.
13740   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13741     Packed = true;
13742 
13743   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13744     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13745     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13746       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13747     else
13748       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13749 
13750     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
13751   }
13752   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13753     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13754     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13755     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13756     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13757       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13758       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13759     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13760                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13761       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13762       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13763     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13764       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13765       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13766     } else {
13767       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13768 
13769       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13770         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13771       } else {
13772         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13773 
13774         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13775           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13776         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13777       }
13778     }
13779     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13780   } else {
13781     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13782     // all of the enumerator values.
13783     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13784     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13785       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13786       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13787       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13788     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13789       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13790       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13791       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13792     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13793       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13794       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13795       BestPromotionType
13796         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13797                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13798     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13799                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13800       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13801       BestPromotionType
13802         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13803                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13804     } else {
13805       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13806       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13807              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13808       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13809       BestPromotionType
13810         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13811                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13812     }
13813   }
13814 
13815   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13816   if (FEAttr)
13817     FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0);
13818 
13819   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13820   // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the
13821   // FlagBits cache.
13822   for (auto *D : Elements) {
13823     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
13824     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13825 
13826     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13827     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13828     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13829     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13830     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13831 
13832     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13833     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13834 
13835     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13836     // the enum decl type.
13837     QualType NewTy;
13838     unsigned NewWidth;
13839     bool NewSign;
13840     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13841         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13842         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13843       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13844       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13845       NewSign = true;
13846     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13847       // Already the right type!
13848       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13849         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13850         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13851         // enumeration.
13852         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13853       goto flagbits;
13854     } else {
13855       NewTy = BestType;
13856       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13857       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13858     }
13859 
13860     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13861     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13862     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13863     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13864 
13865     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13866     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13867         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13868       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13869                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13870                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13871                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13872                                                 VK_RValue));
13873     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13874       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13875       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13876       // enumeration.
13877       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13878     else
13879       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13880 
13881 flagbits:
13882     // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x
13883     // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set.
13884     if (FEAttr) {
13885       llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth);
13886       if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) {
13887         FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal;
13888       }
13889     }
13890   }
13891 
13892   if (FEAttr) {
13893     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
13894       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
13895       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13896 
13897       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13898       if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
13899         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
13900           << ECD << Enum;
13901     }
13902   }
13903 
13904 
13905 
13906   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13907                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13908 
13909   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13910 
13911   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13912   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13913     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13914 }
13915 
13916 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13917                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13918                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13919   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13920 
13921   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13922                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13923                                                    EndLoc);
13924   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13925   return New;
13926 }
13927 
13928 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13929                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13930                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13931   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13932     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13933     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13934       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13935         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13936           << M->getFullModuleName();
13937         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13938         return;
13939       }
13940       break;
13941     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13942       break;
13943     }
13944     DC = LSD->getParent();
13945   }
13946 
13947   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13948     DC = DC->getParent();
13949   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13950     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13951       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13952     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13953            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13954       << DC;
13955   }
13956 }
13957 
13958 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13959                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13960                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13961   Module *Mod =
13962       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13963                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13964   if (!Mod)
13965     return true;
13966 
13967   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13968 
13969   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13970   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13971   // silently ignoring the import.
13972   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13973     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13974         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13975   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13976     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13977         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13978 
13979   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13980   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13981   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13982     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13983     // We need the length to be consistent.
13984     if (!ModCheck)
13985       break;
13986     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13987 
13988     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13989   }
13990 
13991   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13992                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13993                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13994                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13995   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13996   return Import;
13997 }
13998 
13999 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14000   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14001 
14002   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
14003   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
14004                                       /*Complain=*/true);
14005 }
14006 
14007 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14008                                                       Module *Mod) {
14009   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14010   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14011     return;
14012 
14013   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14014   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14015   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14016                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14017   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14018   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14019 
14020   // Make the module visible.
14021   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
14022                                       /*Complain=*/false);
14023 }
14024 
14025 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14026                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14027                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14028                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14029                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14030   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14031                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14032   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
14033                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
14034 
14035   if (PrevDecl)
14036     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14037   else
14038     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14039       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
14040 }
14041 
14042 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14043                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14044                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14045   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14046 
14047   if (PrevDecl) {
14048     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14049   } else {
14050     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14051       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14052         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14053   }
14054 }
14055 
14056 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14057                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14058                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14059                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14060                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14061   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14062                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14063   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14064 
14065   if (PrevDecl) {
14066     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14067       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14068         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14069   } else {
14070     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14071       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14072   }
14073 }
14074 
14075 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14076   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14077 }
14078 
14079 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14080   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14081   if (!D)
14082     return AR_Available;
14083 
14084   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14085   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14086   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14087   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14088   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14089   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14090     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14091     if (R != AR_Available)
14092       return R;
14093     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14094   }
14095   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14096   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14097   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14098             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14099     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14100   }
14101   // Recover from user error.
14102   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14103 }
14104